Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutB14-0081 Project Manual Project Manual TH E SEBASTIAN VAIL PENTHOUSE Vai I , Colorado Perm it I ssue March 24, 2014 Including: Outl i ne Arch itectural Specifications COMcheck Energy Compliance Reports Lighti ng and Controls I nformation � � � ARCHITECT: BILL POSS AND ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTURE+ PLANNING, P.C. 605 EAST MAIN STREET ASPEN, CO 81611 Telephone: 970 925 4755 Fax: 970 925 2950 Email: kmorley@billposs.com Contact: KEVIN MORLEY DAVE RITCHIE ANDY WISNOSKI C�� 2014 BILL POSS AND ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING, P.C. THE INFORMATION AND DESIGN INTENT CONTAINED ON THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF BILL POSS AND ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING, P.C. NO PART OF THIS INFORMATION MAY BE USED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BILL POSS AND ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING, P.C. BILL POSS AND ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING, P.C. SHALL RETAIN ALL COMMON LAW STATUTORY AND OTHER RESERVED RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHT THERETO. ADDITIONAL CONTENT AND SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION WERE ALSO PREPARED BY THE FOLLOWING DESIGN & ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS,AS NOTED IN BODY OF PROJECT MANUAL: MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL& PLUMBING ENGINEER: Beaudin-Ganze Consulting Engineers, Inc. ACOUSTICAL ENGINEER: D.L. Adams Associates LOW-VOLTAGE DESIGNER: VIA/ Paragon Technology Group The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 COMPLETE PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS The Project Manual & Specifications include the following Sections, which shall be worked cooperatively with the Project Drawings. Full Identification and Contact Information for all Design Team members can be found on the Cover Sheet, drawing G00.01. Complete Project Specification Section Index: SECTION TITLE DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 0100 Introductory Information 00 3000 Available Information 00 6000 Project Forms DIVISION O1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary O1 2000 Final Pricing O1 3000 Administrative Requirements O1 4000 Quality Requirements O1 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls O1 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 Maintenance of Existing Conditions 02 2000 Assessment 02 4000 Demolition and Structure Moving DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03 5400 Cast Underlayment DIVISION 04 MASONRY— NOT USED DIVISION 05 METALS 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 05 3100 Steel Decking 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05 5100 Metal Stairs 05 5200 Metal Railings DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 0573 Wood Treatment 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 061626 Underlayment 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 06 4013 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06 4313 Wood Stairs 1 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 0690 Schedules for Joint Protection 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2116 Blanket Insulation 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 4646 Fiber-Cement Siding 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 6300 Metal Roofing Specialties 07 7253 Snow Guards and Fences 07 7616 Roof Decking Pavers 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing 07 8400 Firestopping 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants DIVISION 08 OPENINGS 08 1400 Wood Doors 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 6323 Ridge Metal-Framed Skylights 08 7100 Door Hardware 08 8300 Mirrors 08 9000 Louvers and Vents DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09 0600 Schedule for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 3033 Stone Tiling 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting 09 7500 Stone Facing 09 9000 Painting and Coating DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10 2816 Bath Accessories 10 2819 Tub and Shower poors 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces 2 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11 1616 Safes 11 3100 Residential Appliances DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12 2000 Window Treatments 12 3640 Stone Countertops DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13 2426 Steam Baths DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 14 9100 Facility Chutes DIVISIONS 15 - 20 NOT USED DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0000 Fire Suppression System Overview DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) DIVISION 24 NOT USED DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 25 1000 Audio-Video and Integrated Automation DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 4113 Lightning Protection for Structures 26 5100 Interior Lighting DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS 27 1000 Voice— Data Communication DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security DIVISIONS 29 -48 NOT USED 3 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 ATTACH M ENTS: 1. COMcheck Mechanical Compliance Certificate & Inspection Checklist, dated March 24, 2014 Prepared by Beaudin-Ganze Consulting Engineers. 2. Lighting Documentation, including Load Schedules, Control Devices, and Fixture Cut Sheets, dated April 2, 2014, Prepared by Leax Control Systems END OF SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS THE SEBASTIAN —VAIL PENTHOUSE - 21344.00 Permit Issue— March 24, 2014 4 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 0100 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Project: The Project is located within The Sebastian AT 16 Vail Road in Vail, Colorado, and consists of the expansion and completion of the currently unfinished existing penthouse unit number 507. Initial project development of the unfinished unit was mainly completed in about 2006. Current scope of project development is described in Section O1 10 00 Summary. Details of the Project are described in the Permit Package, consisting of this Project Manual and the Drawings, both dated March 24, 2014. END OF SECTION SECTION 00 3000 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION Project Drawing Index: This information is included on Drawing G00.2. Project Roster and Contact Information: This information is included in the Project Directory on Drawing G00.3. Wherever Specification Sections refer to "Owner", that shall mean "Owners or Owner's designated representative". Project Code Compliance and Floor Area Information: This information is included on Drawing GO1.1. Project Bud�et: Development of the Project Budget will be provided by the General Contractor, Haselden Construction. See also Section O1 2000 Pricing. Existing Conditions Information: This information includes the following, which has been made available to the project team: 1. Existing Complete Project Construction Design Drawings, including Architectural, Civil, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Landscape, Irrigation, prepared by the various original project Architect (Zehren and Associates, Inc.) and design consultants. 2. Existing Construction Detail Manual, prepared by the original project Architect (Zehren). END OF SECTION 5 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 00 6000 PROJECT FORMS General: Coordinate the work of this Section with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. The following Project Forms shall be utilized by the Contractor and Project team: 1. Owner - Contractor Agreement and General Conditions, as approved by the Parties to the Agreement(s), the Owner and the Contractor. 2. Administrative forms, as may be required to facilitate completion of the work. Administrative Forms: These Forms are intended to be standardized to the extent practical for use in processing the necessary information required for completion of the work. Administrative Forms shall include, but not be limited to the following: Request for Information Form (RFI), Architect's Supplemental Instruction Form (ASI), Submittal Transmittal Form, Request for Substitution Form (RFS), Electronic Media Agreement, Change Order (CO), Application for Payment, and Closeout Forms. Form Requirements: 1. Request for Information Form (RFI): Use Architect's project-specific RFI form, attached. Provide all descriptive information noted on form, including description of requested information and any potential impacts on project Cost or Schedule. RFI's shall be sequentially numbered by Contractor for tracking. Electronic form original available upon request. 2. Architect's Supplemental Instruction Form (ASI): Architect will use Architect's project-specific ASI form to issue clarifications to the Drawings and Specifications, example attached. ASI's will be sequentially numbered for tracking. 3. Submittal transmittal Form: Contractor shall include with all required Submittals a Submittal Transmittal Form. Contractor's standard form will be acceptable if the following information is included: a. Date of submittal. b. Identification and quantities of item(s) being submitted for review. c. Reference to Specification Section under which submittal is made. d. Certification that submitted information has been reviewed by Contractor prior to submittal and coordinated with field conditions and other areas of the Work as needed. 4. Request for Substitution Form (RFS): Use Architect's project-specific RFS form, attached. Provide all descriptive information noted on form, including description of requested information, benefits of substitution to the project and any potential impacts on project Cost or Schedule. RFS's shall be sequentially numbered by Contractor for tracking. Electronic form original available upon request. 5. Electronic Media Agreement: this Agreement shall be required to be executed by Contractor or other related parties before receiving any electronic versions of project drawings or other information. An example is attached. Electronic form original available upon request. 6. Change Order (CO): Change Orders, when deemed necessary, shall be prepared by the Contractor using AIA Document G701, "Change Order". 7. Application for Payment: Applications for Payment shall be submitted using AIA Document G702/703, Application and Certification for Payment and Continuation Sheet", or other equivalent format as approved by Owner. Applications shall also include a current Schedule of Values. 8. Closeout Forms: Required Closeout documents and submittals are noted in Section O1 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements, and shall include, but not be limited to AIA Documents G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" and G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens" or other equivalent documents, as approved by Owner. END OF SECTION 6 poss 605 EAST MAIN STREET ASPEN, COLORADO 81611 (t) 970/925-4755 (f) 970/920-2950 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROJECT: The Sebastian-Vail Penthouse RFI#: 10B#: 21344.00 Contractar Reyuest For information will be considered upon receipt of this RFI Form. By submission of this form the Contractor attests that having carefully reviewed the Contract Documents and coordinated the work with the appropriate trades and reviewed field conditions, that the information requested cannot be determined from such efforts as called for in the General Conditions of the Contract. The Contractor requests the following information: INFORMATION Attach sufficient documentation REQUEST: for the Architect/Consultant to evaluate. Inclutling Drawings, Sketches,Field Dimensions,etc. Insufficient documentation may delay the review process. Note any Specification Sections and/or Drawings/Details. Note work by other trades that is related. Note any proposed methods of resoluing the issue. Costs: Time: Note any potential impact on cost: Note any potential impact on Project schedule: EV8�U8t1011 �Provide Additional Inforination(ASI) Date by which res�ouse is requested to maintain project schedule.A11ow sufficient time for evaluation (�'Om ment$: (14 calendar days minimum,hom date received by Poss Architecture and Planning°ASAP"voids RFI): ❑Provide Additional Information(ASI) (Supplemental Service) Signature 6elow certifies acceptance of responsibiliry for accuracy and completeness of this Request for Information(RFI) Form;that the information requested cannot be discerned from d�e Construction ❑Information is available in C.D. Documents as provided for use;from coordination efforts as required by the General Conditions of the Contracr,from coordination with and/or between trades as required by the General Conditions of ❑Requires Contractor Coordination the Contrach, review of field conditions as required by the General conditions of the Contract. ❑Returned without comment Signature below further certifies acceptance of responsibiliry for all costs incurred by the Owner, the Architect,Consultants if the information requesced is later found to be available through those means By____________ Date_____ as required by the General Conditions of the Contract and shall reimburse those parties Bill Poss and Associates,Architecture (Owner/Architect/Consultants/etc.)for such costs incurred;and authorizes the Owner to deduct such and Plamling P.C. expenses from monies due the Contractor in the Application for Payment. Authorized Date: Signature/Title �s�.�a«>��i,�u he a�a,��r��ea hy a,e«>�,rra�r��e p�rry> poss 605 EAST MAIN STREET ASPEN, COLORADO 81611 (t) 970/925-4755 (f) 970/920-2950 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION PROJECT: The Sebastian-Vail Penthouse RFS#: 10B#: 21344.00 Contractar Request For Substitutions may be considered upon receipt of this Substitution Request Farm and required supporting docuinentation/samples. Substitutions made without this form and/or the required supporting documentation/samples will be considered defective work. The Contractor proposes the following substitution in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: SCOp2 Of Attach sufficient documentation SUbStItUt1011: fortheArchitect/Consultantto evaluate the substitution. Insufficient documentation may delay the approval process. Note any Specification Sections and/or Drawings/Details which are affected. Note work by other trades that are affected. Reason for Advantage for substitution. Proposed Substitution: Cost Savings: Time Savings: Original Cost of Original Schedule: Material/System: Cost of Proposed Proposed Schedule: Material/System: (-) (-) Estimated Arch./Eng.Redesign Estimated time for Arch./Eng. and Reengineering Costs: (-) Redesign and Reengineering: (-) (To be completed by Architect) (To be completed by Architect) Net Savings: Net Time Savings: EV2�U8t1011 ❑Approved Date by which response is requested to maintain project schedule.Allow sufficient time for evaluation(14 L`Om ment$: calendar days minirnurn,from date received by Poss Archieeccure and Plannin,�;°ASAP"voi is RFS): ❑Approved w/Conditions Signature below eertifies acceptance of responsibility for accuraey and completeness of�his Substitution Request Form;that the proposed substitution is of equal or superior in all respects to the specified product; ❑Revise and Resubmit that d�e proposed substitution shall have the same warranty as the specified product; that the same service ❑Rejected and source of replacement parts,as applicable is available;proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay the schedule of the work; cost data as stated above is complete ❑Returi�ed without Review and that claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived; proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances; payment shall be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction BY costs caused by substitution; coordination, installation and changes in Work as necessary for accepted Date substitution will be complete in all respects. Bill Poss and Associates, AuthofiZed Date: Architecture and Planning P.C. SlgnaturelTitle (Signaror shall be auehorized by che rontracring pnrry) J:\Projects\Proj_2013\21344.00 Sebastian-Penthouse_DD Through CA\Specifications\Construction Doc\Inserts & attachments\Permit Issue docs\Poss Forms\Poss Request for Substitution form.doc poss 605 EAST MAIN STREET ASPEN,COLORADO 81611 MEMORANDUM (t)970/925-4755 (f) 970/920-2950 AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE COPIES OF ELECTRONIC FILES Bill Poss &Associates Architectttre and Planning, P.C. ("Architect") hereby provides ("Contractor")with electronic files for the plans and specifications prepared for the Sebastian-Vail Penthouse("the Project"). In accepting and utilizing any drawings or other data on any form of electronic inedia generated and provided by the Architect, the Contractor covenants and agrees that: ■ The electronic files are provided solely for the Coneractor's convenience and are not to be relied upon for construction purposes. • All drawings and data contained on the electronic files are Instruments of SErvice of the Architect, who shall be ehe auehor of the drawings and dara, and shall retain all common law, staeutory law and other rights, including copyrights. Otller ehan as allowed in this Agreement, the Contractor shall not make or allow any copies to be made of this iilformation, or otherwise violate Architect's copyright. • The Contractar acknowledges that the software used by the Architect may not be coinpatible with that of the Contractor's programs. The Architect shall have no liability for the accurate transmission of the electronic files. The Architect shall not be required to convert the fonnat of its electronic files. • Information magneeically stored is easily damaged. The Conrractor is responsible for proper srorage. • The inforinaeion contained in the eleceronic files may not reflect ehe aceual as-built condition of the project. The Architect's sealed drawings constitute the record drawings for the project. • If Contraceor alters ar edits the electronic files after receipe from the Architect in any way for the Project, the Contiracror assumes all liability and legal responsibiliey for rhe use and changes to rhese documents and agrees, to the fullese exeene permieted by law, to indeinnify and hold rhe Architect harmless from any damage,liability or cose, including reasonable attarney's fees and costs of defense, arising from any use of these drawings and data or any changes made by anyone orher than ehe Architect. • This Agreement is entered into in the Counry of Pitkin, State of Colarado and it will be governed in all respecrs by the laws of Colorado. In the event of litigation arising from the ineerpreeaeion or the enforcement of any of the terins or provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereof agree ehat jurisdiceion and venue for suc11 litigation shall be in the courrs of Pitkin County, Colorado and ehat the prevailing party shall receive an award of aetorney's fees. Under no circumstance shall transfer of the drawings and other Instruments of Service in electronic media for use by the Contractor be deemed a sale by the Architect, and the Architect inakes no warranties, either expressed or implied, of inerchantabiliry and fitness for any particular purpose. ARCHITECT: CONTRACTOR: Bill Poss &Associates Architecture and Planning P.C. By: By: The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION O1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION O1 1000 SUMMARY General: The scope of this project includes a 2-level tenant finish of an existing unfinished penthouse unit at The Sebastian in Vail, Colorado, as noted in Section 00 O1 00 Introductory Information. Site preparation includes removal of the existing roof structure in the penthouse area, modification of some lower level structural elements, and other work as shown. New construction will include, but not be limited to: installation of new building and roof structure, new exterior balconies, exterior envelope and finish materials, interior walls and finishes, mechanical, plumbing & electrical systems as indicated. Exterior finishes and colors will generally match existing. A limited scope of associated work will also occur on Level 4, below the penthouse main level. GC shall include all labor, materials and services to provide (furnish and install) all items of the Work included on the drawings and in this specification, and as reasonably inferred therein. Include allowances for all items shown or reasonably implied by the documents and other information provided at the time of pricing. System and material alternates and value engineering will be considered. Full testing, balancing, trouble-shooting and operational training for Owner of all building systems and equipment is required, as well as documentation of installation and maintenance subcontractors and vendors. Other work as indicated, including, but not limited to: modification of existing egress stairs and landings, and modification to and/or extension of existing, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire suppression systems. END OF SECTION SECTION O1 2000 FINAL PRICING General: Prior to entering into a Contract for Construction for the Work of this Project, the Contractor and Owner shall agree upon a detailed Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) project budget based upon initial pricing and bids and as modified in accordance with drawings and specifications dated March 24, 2014 and titled "Permit Issue". Contractor pricing shall include all materials, labor, systems and components, which may reasonably be inferred from the project documents. Include allowances for all items and finishes "to be selected later" or to be determined through design-build processes. Budget shall be documented in a detailed Schedule of Values, formatted to include the Work of each Specification Division, with subcategories as needed to identify each significant material, system or subcontract portion of the Work. A mutually agreed upon construction contingency allowance shall be included. Work shall not begin until Owner approves budget in writing. END OF SECTION 7 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION O1 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS General: Where specific project forms are referred to, please see Section 00 60 00 Project Forms. Generally, AIA Documents will be utilized for the project administration, except where either Contractor or Architect's standard forms are deemed acceptable. Meetin�s: The Contractor and Architect will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences as needed, at the Project Site and/or by teleconference, including, but not limited to Preconstruction Conference, Pre- installation Conference(s) as required, and Progress Meetings, held regularly to review current progress, future planning and construction schedule. Contractor shall present a detailed construction schedule with a completion date and a schedule of anticipated project submittals by the second progress meeting. Requests for Information (RFI): All questions and requests for decisions and interpretations, of documents prepared by the Architect and/or Architect's Consultants, shall be submitted to the Architect directly, by the Contractor. Information requests from subcontractors or material suppliers shall be processed through and submitted by, the Contractor. Clarifications are not discouraged, but the Contract Price shall be based upon the requirements of the Work, as described and drawn. The Contractor shall clarify all items that the contractor feels needed prior to submitting pricing. GC shall employ RFI form as provided by Architect as a cover to all information requests. Construction Progress Documentation: During the course of construction, the GC shall provide the following progress update information: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule shall be updated and submitted monthly with the Application for Payment. 2. Contractor shall document the work with photographs and prepare "as-built" documents for all installed work and systems, as work is completed. Submittal Procedures: Where requirements are noted on drawings or specifications for submittals or shop drawings, such documents and samples as needed to verify conformance of the specified item shall be submitted to the Architect for review. Submittals shall also be required wherever items or materials proposed for use in this project differ from specified items or materials, including items proposed under "or equal" provisions of this specification. Refer to individual specification Sections for additional detailed requirements of certain submittals. Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Anticipated Submittals within 10 business days of receiving Authorization to Proceed. Allow ten business days from date of each submittal for each review. Incomplete submittals may not be accepted and will require additional time. Coordinate items which may take re-submittal well in advance. Submittal review by Architect and appropriate Consultants shall be complete prior to commencing that portion of the work. Response will be by Architect's stamp and/or comments, with appropriate action noted. Actions may include the following: Reviewed Submit Specified item Make Corrections Noted Revise and Resubmit Rejected Submittal samples and documents shall be presented in a format and quantity of copies such that copies may be returned to the Contractor and Subcontractors as needed, one copy may be sent to the Owner, and one copy may be retained for the Architect's records. Electronic submittals may be accepted if above requirements are met. All submittals shall be accompanied by a submittal specific Transmittal (GC's standard transmittal form is acceptable) and include the GC's signed stamp certifying GC's prior review of the submitted materials, and will be assigned a tracking number by the Architect. Certain submittal requirements may be altered or partially waived at Contractor's request, if satisfactory evidence of 8 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 specification compliance is demonstrated (for example, by using a named mfr's product, or if a single physical sample can meet information and quality control needs). Mock-ups of selected project elements may be submitted on site, at Contractor request, but only with prior approval from Owner and Architect. Other submittal items may be added as needed, as the work proceeds. Substitution Procedures: Where the Contractor can demonstrate that alternative products or systems to those shown or specified have a direct benefit to the Project, alternates may be proposed. Such benefit may be in the form of performance, cost, compatibility with other portions of the work, schedule advantage, or other benefit as demonstrated by the Contractor. Architect will consider requests for substitution when the following conditions have been met: 1. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents, is compatible and coordinated with other portions of the work, and will produce indicated results. 2. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Requested substitution will adversely affect the Contractor's construction schedule. 4. Submittal of requested substitution clearly indicates that submittal is a substitution request for an existing product or system, and that existing product or system is completely identified. 5. Requested substitution is approved by Owner. Substitution requests shall submitted as required under Submittal Procedures, noted above, accompanied by a Request for Substitution (RFS) form. Architect will review as required under Submittal Procedures and notify Contractor of acceptance or denial. Accepted substitutions will be documented by Architect's Supplemental Instructions (ASI). If the substitution request includes adjustment of cost or schedule it shall be formalized by Contractor with a Change Order, subject to review and approval by the Owner. END OF SECTION 9 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION O1 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS General: All materials and workmanship shall be performed by experienced tradesmen to meet or exceed the minimum of accepted industry standards, the requirements included herein and/or as required by the Owner. All installed materials shall be new and free from defect and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the following codes, as adopted and modified by the Town of Vail, Colorado: 2012 edition of the International Building Code (IBC) 2012 edition of the International Mechanical Code (IMC) 2012 edition of the International Plumbing Code (IPC) 2012 edition of the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) 2012 edition of the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 2011 edition of the National Electric Code (NEC) All project work, installed materials and workmanship associated with the public areas, corridors and stairway portions of the Project shall additionally conform to the requirements of applicable accessibility codes, including the 2010 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) which embodies the 2004 ADAAG & 2003 ICC/Ansi 117.1. All project work shall additionally meet the requirements of all other current applicable local codes and ordinances. GC shall be responsible for complete familiarity and compliance with all local, state & federal codes and ordinances in force at the time of permitting and construction. GC shall be responsible for scheduling all required inspections. GC shall be responsible for the weathertightness of all installed construction assemblies and systems. Contractor will assume responsibility for items requiring coordination during the bidding or value engineering process and as a result of any proposed alternates or substitutions. All completed portions of the work shall be protected from damage by other trades or activities until project is completed. Damaged or unacceptable work shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. GC shall employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing each portion of the Work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Adverse conditions shall be remedied and re-inspected before proceeding with work. All materials handling and storage shall be done in full accordance with all applicable written requirements of manufacturers and suppliers. See individual specification Sections for additional detailed requirements of certain materials, systems and products. Sustainability Requirements: Although various environmentally sustainable products and systems are included in the Contract Documents, the work of this Project is not subject to the requirements of LEED certification or the International Green Construction Code (IgCC). To the extent required by the Construction Documents and additionally to the extent both practical and as approved by the Architect and/or Owner, this Project shall be executed to the highest best practice standards of environmental sustainability. Where called for on drawings, or in specifications, sustainability requirements shall be met. Where best sustainable practices exist which provide a possible practical alternative to specified requirements, such practices are encouraged to be submitted by the GC for consideration by the design team, per the requirements of Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Such provisions (both specified and possible) may include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Local sourcing of materials and services. 2. Non-toxic or low emission materials or products (eg: low VOC paint). 3. Responsible handling, recycling and disposal of materials. 4. Use of materials with recycled and/or renewable content, including materials and products certified as such. 5. Installation of energy or resource conserving systems, devices, fixtures and appliances. END OF SECTION 10 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION O1 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS General: GC shall provide or coordinate with Owner to provide and/or manage temporary services, facilities and utilities as needed to support the completion of the work, including, but not be limited to electrical power; potable water; heat; construction enclosures and/or barricades; waste disposal (bear proof as required) and recycling services; construction offices; restrooms; materials handling, storing and work staging areas. Construction Management Plan: GC shall develop, submit, and obtain approval for a comprehensive Construction Management Plan (CMP), based upon the requirements of IBC Chapter 33, Sebastian Operations staff, local Jurisdictional Entities, and Owner. Submittal shall be per the requirements of Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Written sign-off from Owner, Sebastian Operations staff, and local Jurisdictional Entities is required prior to beginning work of the building permit. CMP shall include provision for all phases and activities related to the construction. Coordinate directly with local Jurisdiction prior to mobilization, to fully develop the CMP, as it may relate to any of the following: 1. Sidewalk protection and construction barriers and site safety during construction. 2. Utility work & digging in public R.O.W. & street closures. 3. Construction access & control, staging, deliveries, labor parking, crane access, etc. It is suggested construction staff use the existing egress stair tower only to access the penthouse unit levels. 4. Neighboring building relations, regarding point of contact for communications, hours of construction & hours of business operation, access to neighboring properties for certain construction activities, above listed items and others as needed. 5. Continuity of hotel operations during construction. 6. Temporary facilities, as noted above. 7. Protection of existing facilities and finishes to remain. 8. Handling, storage and disposal of removed materials, including recycling as appropriate. 9. Other items as required by the Town of Vail and local Fire Marshal shall be addressed in CMP. END OF SECTION 11 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION O1 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Substantial Completion: Substantial completion shall be the point in the course of construction at which the Occupancy Certificate may be issued by the Building Department. At the time of Substantial Completion the Architect and/or Owner shall prepare a "punch list" of outstanding items which must be completed by the Contractor before Final Acceptance and payment in full, including final clean-up and complete documentation of all installed systems and their proper operation. Final Clean-up: Contractor shall turn the project over to the Owner in a fully cleaned condition, ready for immediate occupancy. All final cleaning of finishes shall be in accordance with the various manufacturers' and suppliers' recommendations. Windows shall be cleaned inside and outside. Do not use metal blades to clean tempered glass. Closeout Submittals: Provide Architect and Owner each with a complete Project Manual, to contain information on all installed finish materials and systems, including any warrantees, maintenance requirements and the contact information for all installers, subcontractors and recommended maintenance and service providers. Project Manual shall include all required end-of-project submittals, such as final HVAC testing and balancing reports, elevator inspection records, etc. The Project Manual shall also contain a complete record of all lien waivers for the entire amount of all work performed on the Project. Demonstration and Trainin�: Contractor shall arrange for demonstration and training of Owner and/or Owner's designated personnel in the maintenance and operation of all installed systems, including, but not limited to the following: 1. All software-operated systems and controls. 2. HVAC systems and equipment. 3. Security systems. 4. Fixtures and finish materials, any special requirements for maintenance and cleaning. 5. Any additional items as specified in individual Sections. END OF SECTION 12 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 0100 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS General: Existing conditions and elements of the project to remain are noted on drawings. All such elements, as well as adjacent properties shall be protected from damage during and after demolition, and until Final Acceptance. Such items damaged as a result of construction activities shall be replaced at GC expense. Any existing conditions noted to remain which are determined to be unsuitable for their intended service shall be brought to the attention of the Architect immediately. END OF SECTION SECTION 02 2200 ASSESSMENT General: Where existing project elements are noted on drawings to be "reviewed" by members of the design team or "verified in field" (sometimes noted "V.I.F."), they shall be measured or assessed as required by the Contractor and/or the noted parties, and the results shall be reported to the Architect. Items which can only be exposed or examined after certain amounts of demolition and/or excavation shall be carefully and completely uncovered and protected for assessment. No additional demolition or excavation shall be permitted of these elements until a final determination has been reviewed by the Architect. Asbestos Testing and Abatement: Asbestos testing shall be performed as required by the State of Colorado, Department of Public Health and Environment. Contractor shall provide any recommended abatement as required by jurisdictional authority for building renovation and demolition. Refer to the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment's published requirements. Required submittals, per Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements shall include testing results report and all details of any proposed abatement programs. END OF SECTION 13 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 02 4000 DEMOLITION AND STRUCTURE MOVING General: Remove limited components of existing building, including roof structure, walls, windows and exterior doors, as indicated and as required to accomplish the new work shown. Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary shoring, bracing, and temporary structures, and for protection of existing building portions and finishes to remain. Refer also to General Structural Notes. Protect adjacent and other local properties from damage or excessive disturbance resulting from demolition activities. Coordinate work of this Section with the requirements of Section O1 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls. At Existing Main Level Balconies (shown as Rms 514 & 527 on plans): Remove existing concrete finish slabs, drain mat and protection board. Protect the existing waterproofing at both locations from damage and for reuse, as described in Section 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing. Cuttin� and Patching: Removal of existing construction as necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work shall be pre-coordinated well in advance with Architect, Sebastian management and/or the Town of Vail. Removal of materials shall be limited to the minimum amount required to complete the Work. Additionally removed materials and finishes shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. Fit and repair adjacent existing work as required to restore functions, surfaces and finishes to original conditions after installation of other Work. Waste Disposal: Recycle intact or donate as much of removed material as practical, including serviceable windows, doors and hardware. Separate and recycle miscellaneous demolition materials and construction waste to the extent practical, including glass, metals, wood, plastic, cardboard and paper. Dispose of non- recycled or reused demolition and construction waste in environmentally responsible ways and as required by applicable codes and regulations. END OF SECTION 14 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY MONROE AND NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC. FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. Scope of structural concrete work will include concrete flat work at new and repaired interior elevated slabs, as shown. For light weight concrete toppings at exterior balconies, see Section 03 5400 Cast Underlayment. SECTION 03 5400 CAST UNDERLAYMENT PART ONE: General: Cast Underlayment shall include the following applications, as noted and shown on Drawings: 1. Hydraulically applied, self-leveling, light weight cementitious toppings, for use over existing interior floor slabs, below acoustic underlayment at new wood, tile & carpet floor finishes. 2. Approximately 2-1/2" thick, light weight concrete sloped toppings, at exterior balconies. 3. Thin, light weight cementitious sloped and level toppings at limited interior public areas, such as stairway landings and modified treads, to make up differential floor finish system thicknesses below glue-down carpet, as shown on drawings. 4. Thin, light weight cementitious sloped and level toppings at limited interior areas, such as tile floors in baths and showers, to make up differential floor finish system thicknesses below thin- set tile, as shown on drawings. Submittals of products and typical installation requirements are required per Section O1 1300 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast in Place Concrete 061626 Underlayment 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation Div 09 Finishes Div 26 Electrical (Electric Radiant Heat Mat) PART TWO: Products: General: Provide Cast Underlayments, suitable for indoor and/or outdoor applications, as shown in details, required by codes, and as recommended by the American Concrete Institute and the Tile Council of America. Acceptable manufacturers include Laticrete and others as approved. Basis of Desi�n Products: For the following applications: 1. Self-leveling floor toppings: Drytek 7200 as mfr by Laticrete. 2. Lightweight balcony topping slabs: As specified by Structural Engineer. 3. Thin sloped toppings at existing hallways and stairways: Drytek 8400 as mfr by Laticrete. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install Cast Underlayments in areas shown, in full accordance with manufacturer's written instructions & requirements and as required to establish suitable substrates for subsequent work. Underlayment surfaces rejected by finish trades shall be replaced or repaired at contractor's expense. Field screed and float finish exterior toppings with indicated slopes to area drains as needed. Protect toppings from traffic, damage and subsequent work during required curing time. END OF SECTION 15 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 04— MASONRY— NOT USED See Section 09 7500 Stone Facing for interior stone work at fireplaces. DIVISION 05 - METALS SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY MONROE AND NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC. FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. END OF SECTION SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECKING REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY MONROE AND NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC. FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. END OF SECTION 16 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 05 4100 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PART ONE: General: REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY MONROE AND NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC., FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. Light Gage Metal Framing shall be used to frame walls, ceilings, eave and rake soffits, shafts, and other areas to receive sheathing and wall & ceiling finishes, as shown on the drawings. Refer to drawings for framing member sizes at each location. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast in Place Concrete 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants (including track isolation) Div 08 Openings 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies PART TWO: Products: Provide standard sized, cold-formed light-gauge galvanized steel "C-shaped" framing members for wall studs, roof & ceiling joists, and miscellaneous framing elements as shown on drawings and details. All member web depths shall be as shown. All rafter and bearing members shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements shown on Structural Drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for determining flange sizes and member gauges to meet the deflection requirements below for the span conditions encountered on the project. Deflection at mid span of wall studs due to normal service loading (wind, etc) shall be limited to L/360. Deflection at mid span of wall studs supporting interior stone facing and tile shall be limited to L/600. Cold-formed light-gauge metal framing manufacturer shall be certified by the Steel Stud manufacturer's Association (SSMA). Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Clark Dietrich Building Systems 2. Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc. 3. Or approved equal All required base & head tracks, fasteners, clips, and framing accessories shall be as required by codes and recommended by cold-formed light-gauge member manufacturer. Use slip-track type head tracks, where noted and where required to account for structural deflection. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install cold-formed light-gauge metal framing in locations and configurations as shown on drawings. Contractor shall size stud members to meet established industry design criteria and as noted herein. Coordinate layout of wall base tracks with plans and details. Use slip tracks at the tops of all walls framed to the underside of structural slabs or beams. Minimum deflection allowance for slip tracks is 1/2". Where indicated, use track isolation mounting systems and/or acoustic sealants, as noted in Section 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants. Install vertical, horizontal and corner fire-blocking as shown and as required by codes to maintain the integrity and continuity of all rated partitions and enclosures. Review completed framing with all other trades who will subsequently attach to framing or framing mounted systems for acceptance and correct all deficient work. Contractor shall correct all framing which is deemed unsuitable for subsequent work, or which does not pass jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 17 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 05 5100 METAL STAIRS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install new metal stair, with two flights and intermediate pan landing, as shown between main and upper penthouse levels. Metal stair shall be pre-engineered, pre-fabricated flights, concrete poured pan or pre-engineered commercial tread type, in runs as shown on plans and stair detail drawings. Stairs will be finished with wood treads and riser panels over acoustic and plywood underlayments, as shown. Submittals of stair shop drawings, including stringer design, landing supports and typical installation details are required per Section O1 1300 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast in Place Concrete 05 5200 Metal Railings 06 1626 Underlayment 06 4313 Wood Stairs 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing PART TWO: Products: Provide stair flights with standard sized, solid stringers and 11" deep commercial treads and solid risers in heights as shown on drawings. All products shall meet the structural requirements of the 2012 IBC and designs shall be sealed by a Colorado Structural Engineer. All stairs shall be delivered with factory applied rust inhibiting primer. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Worthington Metal Fabricators (formerly Sharon Stairs) 2. Pinnacle Metal Products 3. Or approved equal All fasteners and stair accessories shall be as required by codes and recommended by metal stair manufacturer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Field verify all floor elevation and landing heights and fully coordinate with related work of other trades, including approved floor finish systems, before commencing. Shop drawing review is required. Install metal stairs in true and plumb alignment with floor slab edges and landings. Tread to tread run and riser height variations within any flight shall not exceed 1/4". Use concealed fastener systems or welded connections. Completed metal stair installation shall be reviewed and accepted for installation of finish wood treads and riser panels, or corrected as required for acceptance. Completed and finished stair assembly shall meet the requirements of a one hour stair enclosure, as noted and as required for the existing exit access stairway below. END OF SECTION 18 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 05 5200 METAL RAILINGS PART ONE: General: Modify existing or furnish and install new metal railings, as shown, in types noted, at the following locations: 1. Penthouse interior open stairway handrails. Decorative, wall mounted type. New. 2. South upper level exterior balcony railing. 42" high, deck mounted type. New. 3. North upper level exterior balcony railing. 5-1/2" high, top of wall mounted type. New. 4. Interior enclosed east egress stairway. Top flight, guardrail and guardrail mounted handrails only, as needed to comply with IBC handrail code at modified stair flight. Existing wall mounted handrail may be reused. New or modify existing. Submittals of complete shop drawings, including typical installation details, and samples as noted below are required per Section O1 1300 Administrative Requirements. Metal railings may be fabricated by the railing mfr, as appropriate to design intent — see Section 05 5100, Metal Stairs. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 5100 Metal Stairs 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 09 9000 Painting and Coating PART TWO: Products: Provide railings compatible with each stair flight or balcony condition. Include mounting brackets, and all other required accessories for completed assemblies, as shown. All products shall meet the requirements of the 2012 IBC and the ADA as applicable, and designs shall be sealed by a Colorado Structural Engineer. All railings shall be delivered with factory applied rust inhibiting primer and may be additionally factory finish painted or field painted at Contractor's option, finish colors to be selected later. Metal railings and handrails shall be as follows, by location: 1. At egress stairs: Pre-engineered, fixed 1-1/2" diameter schedule 40 pipe type, with wall mounted brackets to match existing stairway detailing. 2. At balconies: Custom fabricated from standard 1-1/2" square tube steel, with 1-1/4" diameter pipe top rail, to match existing balcony railing details. Railings will be continuous between corner and king posts, with evenly spaced base attachments to deck or walls at approx. 4ft on center. Corner and king posts will be nominal 6x6 wood posts as shown. 3. At penthouse interior open stairway: Custom fabricated, wall mounted type. Style and finish TBD by Interior Design. Sample submittals for approval required. All fasteners and railing accessories shall be as required by codes and recommended by metal railing manufacturer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Field verify all stair flights and all finished floor elevation and landing heights and fully coordinate with related work of other trades before commencing. Shop drawing review is required. Install metal railings in true and plumb alignment with stairs, floors and landings. Use concealed fastener systems or welded connections. All welded connections, sharp edges and burrs shall be ground smooth and finished to match other similar surfaces. Touch up all damage to factory finishes. END OF SECTION 19 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 20 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 06—WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES SECTION 06 0573 WOOD TREATMENT PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Wood Treatments at interior and exterior wood materials as required for preservative and fire resistance herein and in other Sections. Treatments may be factory or field applied. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 061626 Underlayment 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 4013 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 06 4313 Wood Stairs 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's MSDS and instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials: l. For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. 3. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. PART TWO: Products: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, wood treatment manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: Baxter: J. H. Baxter Co. Chemical Specialties, Inc. Continental Wood Preservers, Inc. Hickson Corp. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. Osmose Wood Preservi ng, I nc. Other as approved by the Architect. 2. Fire-Retardant Treatment Products and Manufacturers: a. "Burn Barrier" series products, as mfr by Fire Retardants, Inc. b. Various products, Arch Treatment Technologies, Inc., Atlants, GA. c. Various products, Wood Preservers, Inc., Warsaw, VA. d. Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc. e. Other as approved by Architect. 21 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Fire retardant treatments shall be rated to achieve an interior finish material Class B or C rating, as required by the application and be clear finishing and compatible with stain and paint finishes specified elsewhere. Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. For exposed items indicated to receive stained finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of product(s), who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install and apply Wood Treatments in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Treat materials after initial fabrication and cutting is complete, to extent possible. Field treat all cut edges, pre-drilled holes, dados, etc. as required before material is covered up or final finished. END OF SECTION SECTION 06 1053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART ONE: General: REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION. Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry includes combustible wood blocking and furring associated with light gauge metal framing and the installation of doors, railings, windows, trim, finishes, hardware, and other items. Submittal of all products, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. This work will include, but not be limited to the following: l. Dimension lumber 2x bucks at all window and door openings in light gage metal stud framing. 2. Blocking for exterior trim, railings, and wall details, as required and noted. 3. Blocking for interior trim, railings, bath accessories, and wall details, as required and noted. 4. Other miscellaneous blocking as required and permitted by code. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05 5200 Metal Railings Div 06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 08 1400 Wood Doors 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 9000 Louvers and Vents 09 6400 Wood Flooring 10 2816 Bath Accessories 12 2000 Window Treatments 22 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART TWO: Products: Miscellaneous Wood Carpentry shall be provided in sizes as shown and as appropriate to the blocking and support requirements of related work. All material shall comply with the requirements of the IBC, including IBC Section 603, Combustible Material in Type I and II Construction, IBC Section 805, Combustible Material in Type I and II Construction. Where required, miscellaneous wood framing and blocking shall be fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW). PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Where wood may come in contact with concrete, it shall be pressure treated to resist rot and decay. Pressure treated wood shall be isolated from metal framing and structural steel by a minimum layer of 40 mil. asphaltic peel & stick membrane. END OF SECTION SECTION 06 1626 UNDERLAYMENT PART ONE: General: REFER TO INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION. Underlayment includes stabilizing and acoustic substrates for carpet, tile and wood flooring. Underlayments for wall tile and stone are described in 09 2100. Submittal of all products, shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 5400 Cast Underlayment 06 0573 Wood Treatment 06 4313 Wood Stairs 09 6340 Stone Flooring 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting Submittals shall include: 1. Product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). PART TWO: Products: Underla, my ents: Install underlayment systems for various floor finish and substrate conditions as scheduled bel ow: 1. At ALL FLOOR SURFACES: First layer of underlayment shall be acoustic underlayment installed directly over existing concrete floor slabs or, self-leveling cementitious topping, where shown and as described in Section 03 5400 Cast Underlayment. Underlayment product shall be QTscu 4005 (5mm), as mfr by Encore International, or approved equal. 2. At Wood Floorin�: Second layer of underlayment shall be continuous fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW) 3/4" T&G plywood. 3. At Wood Stair Risers and Treads: Underlayment shall be continuous fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW) 3/4" T&G plywood over non-combustible structural stair framing. Install anti-creak friction relief & acoustic layer over plywood, as recommended by wood tread mfr. 23 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 4. At Carpet: Second layer of underlayment shall be continuous fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW) 3/4" T&G plywood. Third layer of underlayment shall be acoustic underlayment installed directly over plywood, QTscu 4005 (5mm), as mfr by Encore International, or approved equal. Carpet and pad to install directly over second layer of acoustic underlayment. 5. At Tile & Stone Floorin�: Second layer of underlayment shall be light weight cementitious topping, as described in Section 03 5400 Cast Underlayment. Thickness as required to establish drainage slopes and/or even floor transitions to other finishes. Additionally use acoustic underlayment mfr's approved waterproof inembrane at wet floor areas, such as baths & showers. Installed system shall be rated for thin-set tile and stone installation per ASTM C-627. Accessories: All acoustic underlayment adhesives shall be as recommended or approved by the manufacturer. Basis of design adhesive for use both above and below acoustic underlayments shall be E- Grip III flooring adhesive, as manufactured by Encore International, or approved equal. DO NOT use fasteners which will penetrate the first acoustic layer for the installation of any subsequently installed underlayments or finish flooring systems. Installation accessories for acoustic underlayment, such as perimeter isolation strips, shall be as recommended or approved by the manufacturer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Installation should not begin until other trades are finished in the area. Follow all manufacturer's written recommendations, including, but not limited to, substrate preparation, weather protection, and minimum ambient temperatures. Coordinate work with installation procedures specified in other sections. Where wood may come in contact with concrete, it shall be pressure treated to resist rot and decay. Protect installed underlayments from damage until construction is complete. Repair or replace damaged areas which will not be suitable for application of floor finish materials, as described in other Sections. END OF SECTION SECTION 06 1636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING PART ONE: General: Wood Panel Product Sheathing includes exterior fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW) plywood sheathing, generally serving as a nail base for the installation of Mineral-Fiber Cement Siding & Trim, specialty trim and decorative elements and related weather barriers. Contractor shall furnish and install all project product of this class. Submittal of all products, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 06 4013 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 4646 Fiber-Cement Siding 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 9000 Louvers and Vents 24 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART TWO: Products: Wood Panel Product Sheathing shall be minimum 1/2" thick wood, not including fire coatings. Sheathing shall carry the minimum APA span ratings as required for use over exterior rigid insulation on steel stud supports at 16" o/c. Sheathing shall be as approved by cement board siding and trim manufacturer for attachment under site wind loading conditions. Acceptable products include: 1. LP Flameblock Fire-Rated OSB (or plywood) Sheathing, as mfr by Louisiana-Pacific Corp. 2. Blazeguard Fire-rated Sheathing, as mfr by Barrier Technology Corp. 3. Fasteners as approved by mfr and structural engineer. 4. Other as approved by Architect. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install Wood Panel Product Sheathing in accordance with mfr's recommendations and all IBC requirements for exterior wall construction. Where wood may come in contact with concrete or structural steel, it shall be isolated by a minimum layer of 40 mil. asphaltic peel &stick membrane. END OF SECTION SECTION 06 1643 GYPSUM SHEATHING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Gypsum Sheathing at exterior walls as shown on plans and details. Submittal of all products shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 9000 Louvers and Vents PART TWO: Products: Gypsum Sheathing shall be 5/8" thick. Acceptable products include: 1. DensGlass Sheathing, as mfr by Georgia-Pacific Gypsum, LLC. 2. Fasteners as approved by mfr and structural engineer. 3. Other as approved by Architect. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Install Gypsum Sheathing in accordance with mfr's recommendations and all NC IBC requirements for exterior wall construction. Where indicated, Gypsum Sheathing shall be a component of lhr exterior wall protection as required. END OF SECTION 25 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 06 2013 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY(FIBER-CEMENT TRIM) PART ONE: General: Furnish and install mineral cement-fiber trim materials at exterior walls, windows, doors, balconies, eaves, rakes, fascias, clad columns, and other locations in sizes and textures as shown on drawings. Make all required submittals in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate installation with work of the following Sections: 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 07 2113 Board Insulation (integral nail deck for trim attachment) 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 4646 Mineral-Fiber Cement Siding 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required product submittals shall include: 1. Manufacturer's installation specifications 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty 3. Samples for color and/or finish selection 4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) PART TWO: Products: Mineral-Fiber Cement Trim shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: l. Fire Resistance ratings: Non-combustible per ASTM E-136 0 Flame Spread, 0 Fuel Contributed & 5 Smoke developed per ASTM E-84 2. ASTM C1186, Grade II, Type A Mineral-Fiber Cement Trim products shall be as follows: 1. Exterior Non-combustible Trim Materials: HardieTrim Boards and Artisan Accent Trim in "Smooth" and "Rustic" textures, as mfr by James Hardie Building Products, Inc. 2. Nominal Sizes: 2.5" to 11.25" wide x .75" to 1.5" thick. 3. Trim Colors: To be selected later. Provide factory applied primer. 4. Fasteners: Corrosion resistant fasteners shall be stainless steel, as approved by trim mfr. GC shall verify mfr's code compliance report for local design wind loads. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Store materials flat and keep covered and in dry condition. Properly handle to prevent damage to weather barriers, siding and shingles before, during and after installation. Installation shall be in conformance with the latest published HardieTrim HZ5 requirements. Provide required clearances to adjacent materials. Coordinate with installation of flashing materials where shown and as required. Caulk, paint or prime all field cut edges and butt & scarf joints prior to installation. Completed installation shall match existing detailing of a similar nature and be suitable for painting. END OF SECTION 26 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 06 4013 EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART ONE: General: Work of this Section shall be limited to non-structural exterior solid wood trim at fascias, eaves, rakes, and balcony deck edges, as shown. All exterior wood trim shall be fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW), if more than 40ft above grade. Work of this section does not include any mineral-fiber cement products. Furnish and install Exterior Architectural Woodwork in shapes and sizes as shown on drawings and details. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 0573 Wood Treatment 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 4646 Mineral-Fiber Cement Siding 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 09 9000 Painting and Coating The following submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements: 1. Samples for profile and finish selections PART TWO: Products: Exterior Architectural Woodwork shall be fabricated from cedar or other decay-resistant natural wood. Trim elements shall be minimum 1" thick, all solid wood material, with resawn finish to match existing. Preservative and fire retardant treatments shall be coordinated to allow proper application of finish coatings, as specified under Section 09 9113. Installed work of this Section and related fastening systems shall be designed, engineered, fabricated, and installed to conform to the state codes, local codes, and the Architect's design. Fasteners for exterior architectural woodwork shall be stainless steel. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Review all related conditions before commencing work and inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install Exterior Architectural Woodwork true and plumb in locations and configurations as shown on drawings. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide blocking and support for trim and corbel members as required and shown. Install components with concealed fasteners at all locations and with neat and clean joints, where needed. END OF SECTION 27 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 06 4023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART ONE: General: Interior Architectural Woodwork includes woodwork exposed to view, as indicated on the Interior Design drawings and details. This section includes: 1. Door and window casing, wall base, crown mould, misc. trim. 2. Wood Handrails and Guardrails. 3. Ceiling Trim (box beams as shown) and Pilasters. 4. Architectural Wood Casework. 5. Furniture grade Millwork, where indicated. 6. Adhesives—Type I I bond. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05 5100 Metal Stairs 06 0573 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1626 Underlayment 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 9000 Painting and Coating 12 3640 Stone Countertops Div 22 Plumbing (fixtures) Div 23 HVAC (integrated air handling vents and grilles) Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings of all custom millwork and running profiles. 2. Wood finish samples of each finish type. 3. 2 ft long sample of each trim profile. 4. 2 ft long sample of handrail profile & railing pickets. PART TWO: Products: General: All interior woodwork shall meet the requirements of IBC Chapter 8, for Class C finish materials. Provide FRTW products, where natural species alone will not meet requirements, as required by code. Comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Guide Specifications". Solid wood products shall meet or exceed AWI Premium Grade requirements. Veneer Plywood to be commercial Standard Premium Grade book matched with lumber of particleboard core. No finger joint material will be allowed. Sound, tight knots of not over 1/8 - inch in diameter are allowed, provided they are not in clusters. Figured grain or discoloration is allowed provided the wood is such to permit a uniform color when finished. For Hardwood plywoods, bondage shall be Type II of Better. Face and back veneers shall not be less than 1/32 — inch to 1/42 — inch. thick before sanding. Basis of Design Wood Species: Materials shall be as follows, or approved equal: 1. Solid wood base, case, trim and crown moulds shall be clear Adler, stained. 2. Box beams shall be minimum 3�4�� thick alder in maximum length & width sizes practical, light distress and/or stain finishes TBD by Interior Design. 3. Veneers for casework shall be of similar species and appearance to solid trim. 4. Where painted finishes are indicated, clear, smooth paint grade species may be used. 28 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Workmanshiq: Employ only certified installers familiar with the work. Measurements: Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to commencing with Shop Drawings. Fabrication: Fabricate only from approved shop drawings. Provide casing, trim and millwork in profiles and configurations as indicated and approved. Generally use largest, widest and longest practical pieces wherever possible. Box beams shall be minimum 3/4" thick material, with running butt joints and mitered corner joints glued and biscuited. All cabinetry doors shall have slow closing hinges and clear silencers operating and impact noise. Refer to Interior Design documents for additional details of individual component fabrication. Delivery and Handling: Do not deliver material until building or storage area is enclosed and sufficiently dry to prevent damage from excessive changes in moisture content. Natural finish trim material to have moisture content of 8% or less, sanded stained and sealed finish. Installation: Verify layout of work prior to installation. Ensure proper blocking is in place prior to installation and examine substrate before beginning installation — beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions by installer. Wherever possible, provide single piece for each length of finish. Butt joints not allowed except for long pieces of room moulds. When butt joints are necessary, bevel joints, glue, dowel and biscuit. Glue, dowel and biscuit all other joint types. All millwork, fabrication casework and finish trim work shall be set level, plumb and true. Secure all finish work tightly to blocking or framing with finish nails or trim head screws allowing 1 1/z" penetration into wood blocking or framing. Blind fasten whenever possible. Where surface fasteners are necessary, use finish nails carefully set with nail punch to be filled to match final finish. Hand sand smooth installed millwork ready for finish and remove any machine or tool marks. END OF SECTION SECTION 06 4313 WOOD STAIRS PART ONE: General: REFER TO STRUCTURAL AND INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION. Work of this Section includes the main interior open penthouse stair from the main level to the upper level. Sections, profiles and finishes of all components will generally be as selected and shown on Stair Detail. All installed details shall comply with the IBC. Submittals shall include tread and riser samples for profile and finish selection. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05 5100 Metal Stairs 06 0573 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1626 Underlayment 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 9000 Painting and Coating PART TWO: Products: All wood material shall be free of deleterious checks, knots and blemishes. For current pricing, assume wood species and finish will match wood flooring. Plywood and acoustic underlayment to be glued. Fasteners for finish treads and risers shall not penetrate acoustic underlayment. 29 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Verify completed sample and finish review and approval before commencing work. Nominal rise and run dimensions of finished stair surfaces and nosing shall not have more than 1/8" variation between largest and smallest dimensions within any single flight of steps. All exposed finish woodwork shall be neatly scribed, planed and sanded to achieve the highest level of fit and finish. Protect all completed work from damage until Final Acceptance. END OF SECTION 30 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 07 —THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07 0620 SCHEDULES FOR THERMAL PROTECTION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Thermal Insulation and building insulating components as noted and as shown in details and as specified in the following related Sections: 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2116 Blanket Insulation 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 08 1413 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 6323 Ridge Metal Framed Skylights Installed Thermal Insulation shall meet or exceed the more restrictive minimum values included in either individual product specification section included in this Project Manual, Commercial Provisions of the 2012 IECC for Climate Zone 6B, or the Thermal Insulation Schedule below: BUILDING ENVELOPE AREA MINIMUM INSULATION REQUIREMENT Rafter framed roof areas over occupied space: R-26 (for cavity installation), plus R-25 (for continuous sheathing installation) Concrete slab roof areas over occupied space: R-32 (for cavity installation), plus R-18 (at sloped sheathing installation) Siding faced exterior walls— Existing to remain: R-26 (cavity) Siding faced exterior walls - New: R-16 (cavity), plus R-9.6 (continuous sheathing) Concrete slab floors over exterior exposure: R-12.7 (continuous sheathing), plus R-19 (cavity) Exterior Windows and Glazed Doors: Maximum Unit U-value 0.30 Maximum SHGC 0.30 Skylight: Maximum Unit U-value 0.50 Maximum SHGC 0.30 PART TWO: Products: See Sections listed above. PART THREE: Execution: Coordinate the requirements of this section with individual product submittals as required by product Sections and Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. END OF SECTION 31 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 0680 SCHEDULES FOR FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Fire and Smoke Protection in partitions and building assemblies as noted, shown in details and as required by the 2012 IBC. Required Protections of this Section are noted on floor, wall and ceiling assembly details and on Drawings GOl.l, Fire Rating and Separation Diagram. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with work and building assemblies specified in the following related Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Framing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing 07 8400 Firestopping 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 07 9216 Acoustic Joint Sealants 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Div. 21 Fire Suppression Div. 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements, but may be made under other related product Sections of this Specification. PART TWO: Products: Products of this section are described in Related Sections. All products of this section shall be applied in strict accordance with their rated and intended use. PART THREE: Execution: Installation of the work of this section is described in Related Sections. Installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. Replace as required all fire and smoke protection systems not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 32 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 0690 SCHEDULES FOR JOINT PROTECTION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Joint Protection in partitions and building assemblies as noted, shown in details and as required by Section 715, Fire-Resistant Joint Systems, of the 2012 IBC. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with work and building assemblies specified in the following related Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 04 5700 Masonry Fireplaces 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Framing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 8400 Firestopping 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 07 9216 Acoustic Joint Sealants 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements, but may be made under other related product Sections of this Specification. Required submittals include: l. Manufacturer's product specifications. 2. Manufacturer's installation specifications. 3. Joint protection rating certifications, as required. PART TWO: Products: Installed Joint Protection shall meet or exceed the more restrictive minimum criteria included in either individual product specification sections included elsewhere in this Project Manual, Chapter 7 of the 2012 IBC or the referenced fire separation system details listed on wall, floor and ceiling assembly drawings. See architectural assembly details in the Drawings. All products of this section shall be applied in strict accordance with their rated and intended use. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Verify completed shop drawing review process well in advance of the work of this Section. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Contractor shall review all construction details and assemblies, and prepare a schedule of required joint protection systems to integrate into those details and assemblies for review by architect and building officials. Properly receive, handle, and store all Joint Protection materials to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Approved joint protection systems and techniques shall be installed in strict accordance with all manufacturer's written recommendations. Installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. Protect adjoining construction from damage. Replace as required all joint protection not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 33 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 1413 HOT FLUID-APPLIED RUBBERIZED ASPHALT WATERPROOFING PART ONE: General: Install Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing at (4) exterior balconies (shown as Rms 514, 527, 609 & 618 on plans), where waterproof inembrane is noted and as shown. Submittal of all products, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer's installation specifications. 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty 3. Report results of field flood testing. Coordinate the work of this Section with the following Sections: 03 5400 Cast Underlayment 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 7616 Roof Decking Pavers Div 22 Plumbing (roof drains) PART TWO: Products: All waterproofing products at new (upper level) and refinished (main level) balconies shall be as manufactured by American Hydrotech or accessories as approved for use by American Hydrotech. Specific Basis of design products include: 1. Waterproofing: Monolithic Membrane MM6125FR, as manufactured by American Hydrotech. 2. Protection Board: 1/8" thick PC-2 asphaltic protection board, as manufactured by W.R. Meadows. 3. Drainage Mat: Hydrodrain 302 Drainage Mat, as recommended by American Hydrotech. 4. Accessories: All required reinforcing fabric, transition strips, and other required accessory products shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Alternate products for work of this Section will only be allowed under substitution provisions of Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Coordinate sequencing of installation and approval of submittals with work of other trades as necessary. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Beginning work indicates acceptance of conditions and prior substrate preparation. Install exterior Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing in locations and configurations as shown on drawings and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and roof drains, and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Install waterproofing, protection courses and drainage mat as a complete and integrated system. Follow all manufacturer's written recommendations and requirements. Lap waterproofing and adjoining weather protection barriers and waterproofing elements continuously, and as recommended by manufacturers of each system so as to provide a continuous watertight barrier sloped to drains as shown. Seal waterproofing to 2- tiered roof drains as required to achieve a waterproof roof assembly. Flood testing and submittal of test report for each installed system is required prior to placement of mortar-set roof decking pavers. END OF SECTION 34 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 2113 BOARD INSULATION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Board Insulation (also noted rigid insulation) in locations as noted and as shown in details and Insulation Schedule. Typically board insulation will be limited to the exterior side of new building walls. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 4646 Fiber-cement Siding Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety and Data Sheets (MSDS). PART TWO: Products: General: Rigid board thermal insulation at exterior walls shall include an integral nailing surface. Basis of Design product is Hunter Xci Ply, as manufactured by Hunter Panels, comprised of a 1-1/2" closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core (ASTM C 1289 Type V, Class 2 grade 2), with a coated glass facer on the interior side and a 5/8" thick fire treated plywood nailing face on the exterior side, or approved equal. Provide board insulation in thicknesses and meeting R-values as noted in schedules and details. Rigid board insulation shall meet the following minimum performance requirements: 1. R-value: R-6.5 min. per inch per ASTM C-518 (R-9.6 total). 2. Fire Rating: Class A, approved for use in Type I buildings. 3. IBC Compliance: Meeting acceptance criteria of NFPA 285 wall assembly. 4. Moisture vapor transmission:<1.0 perm-in per ASTM E-96. 5. Mold Resistance: Passes per ASTM D3273. Accessories: Use only manufacturer's recommended corrosion resistant fasteners. GC shall verify mfr's code compliance report for local design wind loads to determine proper fastener type, length and spacing, for use with metal stud framing. Use only mfr recommended joint tapes and other required accessories. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install Board Insulation in locations and configurations as shown on drawings and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. END OF SECTION 35 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 2116 BLANKET INSULATION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Blanket Insulation (fiberglass batt) in locations as noted and as shown in details and Insulation Schedule. Typically blanket insulation will be limited to the metal stud cavities of interior walls, in spaces above gypsum board ceilings, and other areas as noted, to provide added acoustical separation of interior spaces. Blanket insulation will also be installed at limited exterior wall areas as noted on plans and details, for added acoustical performance. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety and Data Sheets (MSDS). PART TWO: Products: All fiberglass batt blanket thermal insulation shall be non-combustible Pink Fiberglas Insulation, "Quietzone" acoustical batt, as manufactured by Owens Corning, or approved equal, in the nominal thicknesses noted. All fiberglass batt products shall have flame spread rating of 25 max. and smoked development index of 50 max. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install Blanket Insulation (fiberglass batts) in locations and configurations as shown on drawings and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Acoustic Applications: Wrap and stuff continuous acoustic batt insulation around all electrical boxes in interior walls. Add 2" acoustical batts at exterior wall assemblies, where noted "S" on plans for sound control. Include minimum 5-1/2" acoustical batts at all new floor/ceiling assemblies, and at all replaced or repaired ceiling areas of level 4. END OF SECTION 36 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 2119 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Foamed-In-Place Insulation (polyurethane spray foam insulation) in locations as noted and as shown in details and Insulation Schedule. Typically spray foam insulation will be placed in exterior wall and roof framing cavities, and other spot areas as noted. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2116 Blanket Insulation 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety and Data Sheets (MSDS). PART TWO: Products: All polyurethane spray foam thermal insulation shall be closed cell type, minimum 2.0 pcf, and meet the following minimum performance requirements: 1. R-value: R-6.5 per inch per ASTM C-518. 2. Flame spread: 25 max. per ASTM E-84 3. Smoke developed: 450 max. per ASTM E-84 4. Fungal and bacterial growth: Negligible per ASTM G-21 and ASTM E-1428. 5. Moisture vapor transmission:l.3 perm-in per ASTM E-96. 6. Air permeance (infiltration): 0.00 cfm/sq ft at 1.57 psf per ASTM E283 and ASTM E-2178. 7. NFPA 285: Pass. All spray foam blowing agents shall be certified as having no Ozone Depleting Potential (zero ODP). All spray foam insulation products shall be "Insulstar" as manufactured by North Carolina Foam Industries, or approved equal. Provide minimum 6mil isolation membrane to isolate spray foam insulation from applied fireproofing, if required by manufacturer's recommendations. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install Foamed-In-Place Insulation (polyurethane spray foam insulation) in locations and configurations as shown on drawings and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide form blocking and protection for work of other trades as required. END OF SECTION 37 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 2200 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes: 1. Continuous rigid insulation at flat roof areas (2 new south balconies, as shown as rms 514 & 606 on plans). 2. Continuous composite nail base insulation at new sloped roof areas, generally indicated as concrete tile and limited cricket areas on roof plans. Furnish and install roof and deck insulation as shown on plans and details. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 5400 Cast Underlayment 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 7616 Roof Decking Pavers Div 22 Plumbing(roof drains) Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty PART TWO: Products: General: Provide roof and deck insulation in the thicknesses and meeting the insulation values as noted on plans, details and schedules. All roof and deck tapered rigid insulation products shall meet or exceed the requirements for inclusion in a Class A roof system, and all related requirements of the 2012 IBC. All fasteners and accessories shall be as mfr and/or recommended by the insulation manufacturer. At Flat Roof Areas: Flat roof and deck rigid insulation shall be extruded polyurethane (XPS) rigid board insulation, meeting the following minimum performance criteria: l. Fire Resistance ratings: Class A roof assembly 2. R-value: R-6.0 min. per inch per ASTM C-518 (R-18 total). 3. Mold Resistance: Passes per ASTM D3273. 4. Drainage slope (only where required by existing flat substrate conditions): 1/4" per ft, tapered rigid insulation Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Dow Chemical Company 2. Carlisle SynTec 3. Or other approved equal At Sloped Roof Areas: Sloped roof rigid insulation shall be Polyisocyanurate tapered rigid insulation, meeting the following minimum performance criteria: 1. Fire Resistance ratings: 1 hr rated, Class A roof assembly 2. UL Standard 790 Classification: Rated for tile & metal roof installations, per ASTM E-108 3. R-value: R-6.5 min. per inch per ASTM C-518 (R-25.6 total). 4. Mold Resistance: Passes per ASTM D3273. 5. Outer layer nail base: Min. 19/32" CDX plywood, or equivalent OSB. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Dow Chemical Company 2. Or other approved equal, substitution review required. If non-nail base insulation proposed, use fire retardant treated wood sheathing as nail base, per Section 06 1636 Wood Panel product Sheathing. GC shall verify acceptance of products as substrate for subsequent roofing materials. 38 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install rigid roof and deck insulation in locations and configurations as shown on drawings and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements and code requirements. GC shall verify proper slope to drains and/or eaves and gutters of concrete balcony slabs and structural roof sheathing prior to installation of insulation materials. Slope all tapered systems, where used, to roof drains as shown. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 2500 WEATHER BARRIERS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Weather Barriers in locations as noted and as shown in details. Typically weather barrier will be located at the exterior side of new insulated wall sheathing and below exterior soffit gypsum sheathing (see Section 07 2113 Board Insulation). Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 4646 Fiber-Cement Siding 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty PART TWO: Products: Basis of Desi�n: Weather Barrier shall be spunbonded polyolefin, non-woven, non-perforated, weather barrier Tyvek DrainWrap and related accessory assembly components, as manufactured by Dupont. Weather Barrier shall meet the following minimum performance criteria: 1. Air Penetration: 0.004 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, per ASTM E2178. Type I per ASTM E1677. 2. Water Vapor Transmission: 50 perms, per ASTM E96, Method B. 3. Water Penetration Resistance: 210 cm, per AATCC Test Method 127. 4. Air Resistance: 300 seconds, per TAPPI Test Method T-460. 6. Tensile Strength: 30/30 Ibs/in., per ASTM D882, Method A. 7. Tear Resistance: 7/9 Ibs, per ASTM D1117. 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, per ASTM E84; Flame Spread 5; Smoke Developed 25 Accessories: Primers, seam tape, flexible flashings, adhesives, sealants and fasteners required for complete and proper for Weather Barrier installation shall be as recommended and provided by weather barrier manufacturer for each particular flashing or installation condition encountered. 39 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work and have experience of similar assemblies under similar conditions. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Review requirements for sequencing of installation of weather barrier assembly with installation of windows, doors, louvers and flashings to provide a weather-tight barrier assembly. It is the recommendation and the preferred application for the weather barrier to be installed prior to the installation of the windows and doors. Install continuous weather barrier at all exterior walls and soffits, as shown and in full accordance with all manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Coordinate weather barrier with waterproof membranes, roofing underlayments, and flashings specified in other Sections as required to achieve fully weather tight assemblies, openings and building transitions. Install weather barrier in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Lap weather barrier minimum 12" at corners, minimum 6" at successive horizontal courses, fully into window and door opening rough framing as required by mfr. Seal all seams, tears and other penetrations with tape or flashing as required by mfr. Space weather barrier fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for substrate condition. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of this Section and work of other trades as required. END OF SECTION 40 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 3116 METAL SHINGLES PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Metal Shingles at new roof areas, in locations as noted and as shown. Additionally provide shingle material as required to patch existing metal shingle roof areas to complete connection transitions from existing to new work. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 6300 Roofing Accessories 26 4113 Lightning Protection for Structures Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's installation specifications. 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's and installer's warranty. 3. Samples & mock-up to confirm match of materials and details with existing metal shingles. PART TWO: Products: Metal Shingles: Metal Shingles shall be diamond pattern, copper shingles, matching existing metal roof shingles, fabricated with interlocking tab joints, from minimum 16oz copper sheet material. Written approval of sample review to confirm matching materials and installation details shall be required. Material shall be rated for Class A roofing systems. Accessories and Miscellaneous Items: Provide the following items, as required: 1. Flashings, trims, closure strips, preformed crickets, of same material. 2. Rake and eave trims. Coordinate with Section 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 3. Sealants, as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Underlayment: Self-adhering rubber-modified asphalt sheet, Grace Ultra, rated for Class A roof assembly and use under high temperature roofing materials (metal shingles). PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install metal shingles in patterns shown, with flashings and details at valleys, hips and transitions, as shown and as required to achieve a complete and weathertight roofing assembly. Coordinate in advance placement of snow guards, integral gutter & down spout systems, and electric heat tracing as needed. Isolate copper from dissimilar metals as required. Install metal roof in patterns shown, with flashings and details at valleys, hips and transitions, as shown and as required to achieve a complete and weathertight roofing assembly. At walls adjacent to roof areas, wrap weatherproof underlayment a minimum of 12" up walls, and 24" where snow has the potential to accumulate. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Penetrations and roof accessories: Coordinate in advance placement of roof accessories and penetrating items, such as snow fences, lightning protection, integral gutter & down spout systems, electric heat tracing, and fireplace flues as needed. Install anchoring, waterproofing and flashing systems at all related roof accessories and penetrations, as required to maintain a weathertight building envelope and as required by other Sections. Provide double layers of Grace Ultra underlayment at crickets, valleys, gutters, curbs and other areas as required and as noted. END OF SECTION 41 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 3216 CONCRETE ROOF TILES PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Concrete Roof Tiles at new roof areas, in locations as noted and as shown. Additionally provide tile material as required to patch existing concrete roof tile areas to complete connection transitions from existing to new work. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 0573 Wood Treatment 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 6300 Roofing Accessories 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces 26 4113 Lightning Protection for Structures Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's installation specifications. 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's and installer's warranty. 3. Samples to confirm match with existing concrete tiles. PART TWO: Products: Concrete Roof Tiles shall be manufactured, batten secured type, as manufactured by Bartile to match existing roof tile profiles and color blend. Written approval of sample review to confirm matching materials and installation details shall be required. Material shall be rated for Class A roofing systems. Accessories and Miscellaneous Items: Provide the following items, as shown and as required: l. Ridge and hip caps, of same material as tiles. Do not use rake trim tiles. 2. Metal flashings, trims, closure strips, preformed crickets, of same material as metal shingles. 3. Rake and eave trims. Coordinate with Section 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 4. Sealants, as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Underlayment: Self-adhering rubber-modified asphalt sheet, Grace Ice and Water Shield, rated for Class A roof assembly. 6. Battens shall be Preservative and Fire Retardant Treated Wood (FRTW) lx2 in both vertical and horizontal directions. Starter block shall be continuous FRTW 2x2. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer for installation of this product, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install concrete roof tiles in patterns shown, with flashings and details at valleys, hips and transitions, as shown and as required to achieve a complete and weathertight roofing assembly. Weatherproof roofing underlatment shall be installed continuously at all tile roof areas, with double layers at locations noted. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Penetrations and roof accessories: Coordinate in advance placement of roof accessories and penetrating items, such as safety line anchors, lighting protection, snow fences, integral gutter & down spout systems, electric heat tracing, and fireplace flues as needed. Install anchoring, waterproofing and flashing systems at all related roof accessories and penetrations, as required to maintain a weathertight building envelope and as required by other Sections. 42 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Installation details: Provide all necessary details at hips, valleys, ridges, skylight, wall and material transitions as required by codes and as recommended by tile manufacturer. Where new roof tiles complete planes of existing tiles ONLY, a single horizontal, gapped batten installation method may be used to match the mounting height of existing tiles. Provide double layers of Ice and Water Shield roofing underlayment at all crickets, valleys (to 18" each side of valley center), and at transitions to other roofing materials. Valleys shall be open type, minimum 8" wide at top, with width increasing 1/8" per ft from top to bottom. Valley flashing shall be copper, double "V" type, as shown. Underlayment shall be sealed with additional liquid membrane at outside corners as recommended by underlayment mfr. At walls adjacent to roof areas, wrap weatherproof underlayment a minimum of 12" up walls, and 24" where snow has the potential to accumulate. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 4646 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Fiber-Cement Siding at exterior walls, and Fiber-Cement soffit panels at new soffits, as shown on plans. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 2113 Board Insulation (integral nail deck for siding attachment) 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Samples sufficient for color and/or finish selection 2. Manufacturer's product specifications 3. Manufacturer's installation specifications 4. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty PART TWO: Products: General: All Fiber-Cement Siding shall be factory primed for field painting prior to delivery. Product shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: l. Fire Resistance ratings: Non-combustible per ASTM E-136 0 Flame Spread, 0 Fuel Contributed & 5 Smoke developed per ASTM E-84 2. ASTM C1186, Grade II, Type A Vertical siding at exterior buildin�facades: Vertical Siding: HardiePlank Lap Siding "Select Cedarmill" as mfr by James Hardie Building Products, Inc, install in overlapping pattern to match existing, as shown. Nominal Plank Width: 5.25" and 7.25" x 5/16" thick with 5.25" exposures and 1" overlaps at fasteners. Siding Color: Factory prime for field application of full body paint colors to match existing. Verification samples required. Fasteners: Corrosion resistant fasteners shall be stainless steel, as approved by siding mfr. GC shall verify mfr's code compliance report for local design wind loads for proper fastener type, length & spacing. 43 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Panel siding at exterior building soffits: Panels: HardieSoffit Panels, Non-Vented Cedarmill, as mfr by James Hardie Building Products, Inc. Nominal Panel Size: 4' x 8' x 5/16" cut to size, where indicated. Panel Color: Factory prime for field application of full body paint colors to match existing. Verification samples required. Fasteners: Corrosion resistant fasteners shall be stainless steel, as approved by panel mfr. GC shall verify mfr's code compliance report for local design wind loads for proper fastener type, length & spacing. Sealants: Elastomeric Joint Sealant complying with ASTM Grade NS, Class 25 or higher, or Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C834 Install sealant per instructions or ASTM C1193. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Store materials flat and keep covered and in dry condition. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required. Properly handle material to prevent damage to weather barriers and work of other sections, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written safety instructions for cutting and handling material. Provide required clearances to adjacent materials. Install continuous weather barrier at all wall and soffit areas, per mfr's and IBC recommendations. Install flashing as required at all openings, transitions and other required locations, as recommended by mfr and required by codes. Do not install bottom of vertical siding on surfaces of drip flashings (allow minimum 1/4" gap). Additional back-priming of siding material beyond factory applied primer is not required, BUT ALL CUT EDGES SHALL BE PRIME PAINTED before they are installed. Requirements for specific products: Vertical sidin�: Installation shall be in conformance with the latest published HardiePlank HZ5 requirements. Provide required clearances to adjacent materials. Inside and outside corners shall be trimmed with compatible Hardie trim products as shown. Caulk, paint or prime all field cut edges and butt joints. Completed installation shall be suitable for painting. Soffit Panels: Installation shall be in conformance with the latest published HardieSoffit HZ5 Siding requirements for Straight Edge Panel Installation. Provide required clearances to adjacent materials. Laced inside and outside corner details shall be used. Caulk, paint or prime all field cut edges. Completed installation shall be suitable for painting. END OF SECTION 44 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART ONE: General: Furnish and install flexible and sheet metal flashing at locations noted and shown on Drawings and as required by code to achieve a weather-tight enclosure. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 4646 Fiber-cement Siding 07 6300 Metal Roofing Specialties 07 7616 Roof Decking Pavers 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 6323 Ridge Metal Framed Skylights 08 9000 Louvers and Vents Required submittals include: 1. Samples sufficient for product profile and finish selection 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications 3. All proposed attachment and installation details PART TWO: Products: Concealed flashing shall be flexible bituminous type or galvanized sheets, min. 26 ga. All exposed flashing shall be prefinished to match adjacent materials, or min. 16 oz copper, where noted. Provide metal flashing at valleys, eaves, rakes, and other roof transitions, as required by IBC and roofing manufacturer(s). Provide continuous flashing at tops of foundation walls, door and window openings, at all roof penetrations and as shown, and as required to maintain weather-tightness. Contractor shall be responsible for determining the compatibility of all dissimilar materials in contact. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Installation shall be in conformance with code requirements for a weatherproof installation and manufacturer's recommendations. Fabricate and install continuous ridge caps in longest sections practical. Coordinate suitability of fasteners and adhesives with adjoining materials. Coordinate isolation of dissimilar metals as needed. END OF SECTION 45 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 6300 SHEET METAL ROOFING SPECILTIES PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes new and replaced metal chimney cap assemblies, and manufactured gutters and downspouts. Chimney Ca�s: Furnish and install new metal chimney caps in sizes and at locations noted and shown on Drawings. Chimney caps shall include all required structural frame supports, brackets, fasteners, roofing, trims and closures to be weathertight and match existing chimney cap designs. Submittal of shop drawings shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Gutters and Downspouts: Furnish and install new integral gutters and manufactured downspouts in sizes and at locations noted and shown on Drawings. Downspouts shall include all required supports, brackets, fasteners and closures to be weathertight and match existing downspout designs. Submittal of shop drawings and profile samples shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 2100 Structural Steel Framing 05 4100 Cold Formed metal Framing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09 9000 Painting and Coating 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces 26 4113 Lightning Protection for Structures PART TWO: Products: Chimney Caps: All chimney cap structures shall be fabricated from minimum HSS 2x2 structural tube steel, min. 1/4" steel plate, and steel decking to match existing designs. FRTW decking may be used above steel deck as nail base for weatherproof underlayment and metal shingle finish roofing. Metal shingles and underlayment shall be as specified in Section 07 3116 Metal Shingles. Integral Gutters: Fabricate and install new integral gutters at metal shingle roof areas, as shown on plans and details, to match existing gutter systems. Material for gutters shall be minimum 18 oz copper. Manufactured Downspouts: Downspouts shall be fabricated to match sizes and profiles of existing downspouts. Downspouts shall be bracket mounted to building upper wall exterior surfaces, with discharges at nearest existing roof areas, already served by existing continuous integral gutters. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Copper-inc.com, 2. Rutland Gutter Supply Inc, Orlando FL 3. Other as approved. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Installation shall be in conformance with code requirements for a weatherproof installation and manufacturer's recommendations. Fabricate and install continuous elements in longest sections practical. Coordinate suitability of fasteners with adjoining materials and framing. Coordinate isolation of copper from dissimilar metals as needed. END OF SECTION 46 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 7253 SNOW GUARDS AND FENCES PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes the following: 1. Furnish and install copper Snow Guards at metal shingle roof locations, as noted and shown on Drawings. 2. Furnish and install Snow Fences at concrete tile roofing areas, as noted and shown on Drawings. 3. Furnish and install Safety Tie-Off Anchors for maintenance operations, as shown on drawings. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 2100 Structural Steel Framing 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 3116 Metal Shingles 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09 9000 Painting and Coating 26 4113 Lightning Protection for Structures Required submittals include: 1. Shop drawings for final coordination of snow guard design & spacing with manufacturer. 2. Samples for product selection. 3. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 4. All proposed attachment details, for fastening verification with structural engineer. PART TWO: Products: Snow Guards: Shall be pad style copper snow guards with full tails for attachment, suitable for flat shingle roofing applications. Snow guards shall be fabricated from minimum 20 oz. copper and shall include fastening accessories as recommended by mfr and as compatible with roof shingles, nail base substrates, and weather barriers. Design shall match existing. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Alpine Snow Guards, contact alpinesnowguards.com 2. GutterSupply.com 3. Other as approved by Architect. Snow Fences: Shall be fabricated from plate steel, steel pipe and expanded steel mesh, to match existing designs. Finish with rust inhibiting paint to match existing colors. Attachment details shall be reviewed and stamped by a Colorado registered Structural Engineer. Safety Tie-Off Anchors for man-cable supports: Shall be fabricated from structural pipe steel, as shown on plans and details. Completed fabrication shall be seal welded (weather tight) at all connection points, top and bottom, with exposed welds ground smooth. Provide flat plate at bottom of pipe for bolt attachment to structural ridge beam. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen for installation of these products, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Installation shall be in conformance with code requirements and manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate sequencing of roof accessory installation with work of other Sections as required. Snow Fences and Tie-Off Anchors shall be painted similar to exterior metal railings. Snow Guards: Install snow guards at metal shingles without damaging roof shingles. Coordinate suitability of snow guard fasteners with adjoining materials, to penetrate structural decking. Layout and install Snow Guards in neat, regular pattern arrays within roof shingle coursing, as shown. 47 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Snow Fences: Install Snow Fences with full flat plate risers for attachment directly to roof joists, as shown. Layout and install Snow Fence risers in neat, straight lines to fall within roof tile coursing, and to allow true and straight installation of horizontal bars later, as shown. Complete installation of structural roof sheathing, insulation and nail base, weatherproofing underlayment and waterproof flashing, as shown in details, before installation of concrete roof tiles. Set roof tiles to minimize snow fence disruption of tile coursing and install secondary copper flashing boot at fence risers within tile laps. Complete fabrication and attachment of horizontal fence bars and mesh without damaging roof tiles, unless installed prior to tiles. Tie-Off Anchors: Install Tie-Off Anchors with bolted connections directly to roof structural ridge beams, as shown. Space anchors along ridge at maximum 20ft spacing and/or match existing spacing, as shown. Complete installation of structural roof sheathing, insulation and nail base, weatherproofing underlayment and waterproof flashing, as shown in details, before installation of concrete roof tiles and ridge caps. Install secondary over flashing boot at Tie-Off Anchors within tile cap layout. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 7616 ROOF DECKING PAVERS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install architectural porcelain roof pavers at four exterior balcony areas, shown on drawings as rooms 514,527,606 & 618. Pavers shall be installed with cold climate rated, thick-set mortar bet over waterproofing protection board, with electric snowmelt system set in mortar bed. Joints will be finish grouted. Required submittals, per Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements, shall include manufacturer's products, and installation layout & specifications, as well as samples for color and finish selection and approval of pavers and grout. Coordinate installation of electric radiant snowmelt system, as shown in Mechanical drawings, and with work of the following Sections: 03 5400 Cast Underlayment 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 1413 Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Div 22 Plumbing (roof drains) Div 26 Electrical (radiant heat mat) PART TWO: Products: Roof Decking Pavers: Pavers shall be nominal 3/4" thick x 24" square porcelain exterior rated pavers. Basis of Design pavers shall be structural porcelain type, SKE Mono 2.0, as manufactured by Kronos Ceramiche / Handy Deck. Paver patterns and colors shall be selected from manufacturer's available standards by Interior Design later. Acceptable manufacturers include Kronos Ceramiche / Handy Deck, Wausau Tile Tech, or approved equal, and shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: l. Fire Resistance ratings: Class A roof assembly 2. Water absorption: 5% max nominal 3. Compressive strength: 5,000 psi 4. Flexural strength: 400 Ibs 5. Color: to be selected from mfr's standards Paver accessories: Accessories, including concealed spacers and sealer for cut edges shall be as provided or recommended by manufacturer. Use only mortar materials as recommended by paver supplier conforming to ASTM C 150, ASTM C 207 and ASTM C 144. 48 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Coordination: Coordinate installation with placement of waterproofing deck membrane, drainage mat and protection board with mfr's strict requirements and the work of other Sections as noted and shown. Verify acceptance of balcony waterproofing flood tests and approved paver submittals before beginning work. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations for setting beds, grouts, flashings and sealants. Note that sequencing and assemblies may vary from one area to another. Remove all dust, dirt & loose material from substrate prior to setting pavers. Wrap roof drain perforated collars and bells with filter fabric prior to placing mortar bed. Thick-Set Mortar Installation: Install mortar bed and screed to uniform thickness at elevations required for setting electric snowmelt mat prior to setting pavers to finished elevations indicated (total thickness of stone plus mortar bed to be nominal 2-1/2" minimum). Set electric heat mat to ensure mat is minimum 1" above any rigid foam plastic insulation layers. Apply bond coat to mortar bed and on the back of each paver placed before initial set of mortar occurs. Tamp and beat paver to obtain full contact with setting bed and to bring finished surfaces within acceptable tolerances. Paver surface shall have a 1/4" per ft slope to roof drains, as shown. Variation in surface plane of paving shall not exceed 1/8" in 10 ft. Variation in plane between adjacent units shall not exceed 1/32-inch difference between planes of adjacent units. Rake-out joints to receive grout. Once paver set and grout has completely cured, clean & seal per suppliers recommendations. At perimeter paver surface intersections with walls and curbs, apply 1/2" caulk expansion joints typical. Overages and Leftovers: All leftover pavers to be boxed and labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. Provide minimum 3% additional material for future repairs. END OF SECTION 49 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 8100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Applied Fireproofing in locations as noted and as shown in details. Work of this Section includes sprayed fireproofing and intumescent fireproofing paint for structural steel members and steel decks, as shown in details. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 05 3100 Steel decking 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 07 0680 Schedules for Joint Protection 07 0690 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 2116 Blanket Insulation 07 2119 Foamed-in-Place Insulation 07 8400 Firestopping 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety and Data Sheets (MSDS). 3. Manufacturer's test reports for interior, unrestrained beam application required minimum coating thicknesses for beam sizes to be treated. 4. Manufacturer's statement of overlap condition requirements at joint between sprayed and painted fireproofing systems, where overlap occurs. PART TWO: Products: Sprayed Fireproofing: All Spray-Applied Fireproofing for structural steel shall be Monokote MK-6 series, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equal. Spray apply fireproofing to steel columns, beams and decking in thicknesses as certified by manufacturer to achieve the required protection ratings listed below. Required fire protection ratings shall be as follows: 1. At primary steel of roof structure and members supporting only roof structure: lhr. 2. At steel members and steel decking within floor systems: 2hr. Intumescent Paint Fireproofing: Where indicated on plans for minimum clearance ceiling assemblies, provide minimum 2 hour fire resistive intumescent coating at structural steel beams and beam reinforcing assemblies, as shown. Install all system components in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements, including surface preparation, primer coat(s) and mastic or barrier coat. Acceptable manufacturers and systems include: 1. CAFCO SprayFilm WB3 or WB4, rated for Interior General Purpose use, as mfr by Isolatek International. Ref UL Des No N614. 2. Albi Clad TF, as mfr by Albi Manufacturing. 3. Other, as approved by Architect in accordance with Substitution requirements of Section O1 300 (pre-acceptance by local Building Official required as part of alternate product submittal). PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified by the manufacturer(s) for installation of these products, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Install Applied Fireproofing in locations and configurations as shown on drawings, as required to achieve specified fire ratings, and in full accordance with manufacturer's requirements and the 2012 IBC, as well as in accordance with any referenced UL design assembly requirements. Where existing applied fireproofing has been damaged or disturbed by current construction activities, Contractor shall repair and replace existing fireproofing to same standards as new. 50 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Contractor shall ensure full coverage and bonding as needed to achieve ratings. Contractor shall repair or replace all applied fireproofing which does not pass required jurisdictional inspections. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide protection for work of other trades as required, and protection of installed fireproofing until work of surrounding trades is complete. END OF SECTION 51 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 8400 FIRESTOPPING PART ONE: General: Work of this Section shall include protection of all penetrations of required fire separations and fire and smoke barriers, including annular space protection for pipes, ducts, conduit and other penetrating elements through rated partitions and assemblies as noted, shown in details and as required by Section 714, Penetrations, of the 2012 NC IBC. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with work and building assemblies specified in the following related Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05 3100 Steel Decking 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Framing 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 3. Annular space protection rating certifications, as required. PART TWO: Products: Installed Firestopping shall meet or exceed the more restrictive minimum criteria included in either Chapter 7 of the 2012 IBC or the referenced fire separation system assembly details listed on wall, floor and ceiling assembly drawings. Annular space protection systems shall meet the rating requirements of ASTM E-814, Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops and shall carry Warnock Hersey, Factory Mutual or other recognized testing authority certification. All products of this section shall be applied in strict accordance with their rated and intended use. Select only products and rated systems appropriate to the particular penetrations and assembly ratings being treated. Approved product manufacturers include: 1. 3M Corporation, St. Paul MN 2. EverKem Diversified Products, Winston Salem, NC 3. ProSet Systems, Inc., Lawrenceville, GA 4. Other as approved by Architect PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Verify completed shop drawing review process well in advance of the work of this Section. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Contractor shall review all construction details and assemblies, and prepare a schedule of required penetration protection systems to integrate into those details and assemblies for review by architect and building officials. Properly receive, handle, and store all Firestopping materials to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Approved penetration and annular space protection systems and techniques shall be installed in strict accordance with all manufacturer's written recommendations. Installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. Protect adjoining construction from damage. Replace as required all penetration and annular space protection not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 52 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 8426 THERMAL BARRIERS FOR PLASTICS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Thermal Barriers for Plastics in locations as noted and as shown in details and as required by IBC Section 2603.4. Product submittals may be made under other related product Sections of this Specification. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 07 0620 Schedules for Thermal Protection 07 2113 Board Insulation 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07 2200 Roof and Deck Insulation PART TWO: Products: Thermal barriers for plastics shall be as shown in assembly details and as specified in other Sections and shall generally have an approved thermal barrier rating of 15 minutes or greater as follows: 1. 1/2" Gypsum Wallboard or equivalent 2. A material that, when installed will limit the average temperature rise of the unexposed surface to 250 degF after 15 minutes of fire exposure, complying with the standard time- temperature curve of ASTM E-119. 3. All thermal barriers shall be installed so as to remain in place at least 15 minutes, based on FM 4880, UL 1040, NFPA 286, or UL 1715. Products exceeding these performance standards will be acceptable. PART THREE: Execution: Evaluate all areas of the Project that use foam plastics and verify that requirements for thermal barriers have been coordinated. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Install barriers in locations and configurations as required and shown on drawings and in full accordance with code requirements. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. END OF SECTION SECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Elastomeric Joint Sealants in locations and assemblies as noted, shown, and as required to achieve a fully weather-tight building envelope and water-tight interior surfaces where required. Work of this Section includes, but may not be limited to the following: l. Exterior silicone and polyurethane sealants. 2. Exterior and interior polyurethane traffic sealants. 3. Interior silicone sealants. 4. Interior latex sealants. 5. Threshold and sheet metal bedding sealants. 6. Joint accessories. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with work and building assemblies specified in the following related Sections: 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 06 4013 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 4646 Fiber-Cement Siding 53 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics DIV. 08 Openings DIV. 09 Finishes 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces DIV. 12 Furnishings Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product specifications and installation specifications. 2. Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). l. Color charts and cured material samples for color selection, as required. 2. Closeout Submittals: a. Operation and Maintenance Data, including recommended inspection intervals. b. Instructions for repairing and replacing failed sealant joints. PART TWO: Products: Elastomeric Joint Sealants shall be selected based on compatibility with adjoining materials. Test each elastomeric sealant and joint substrate, before beginning work of this section. Install sealants in field mockups as recommended or required. Accessories shall be as recommended by the sealant mfr and as follows: l. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 2. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 3. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; oversized 25 to 50% larger than joint width; recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application 4. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 5. Masking tape: Non-staining, non-absorbent tape product compatible with joint sealants and adjacent joint surfaces. Products complying with requirements of Contract documents will be among those considered acceptable. However, it is the contractor's responsibility to provide only products compatible with adjacent materials in the various assemblies. Approved product manufacturers include: 1. Tremco Sealant/Weatherproofing Division of RPM International, Inc. 2. 3M Corporation, St. Paul MN 3. Dow Corning Corporation 4. Other as approved. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Do not proceed until such conditions have been corrected. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Properly receive, handle, and store all Elastomeric Joint Sealant materials to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Approved sealants shall be installed in strict accordance with all manufacturer's written recommendations. Installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. Protect adjoining construction from damage. Properly prep each joint as required, including cleaning, priming, and installing joint backing material as recommended and required. After work is completed remove all masking and excess sealant from adjoining surfaces. Replace as required all Elastomeric Joint Sealant not passing jurisdictional or close out inspections. END OF SECTION 54 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 07 9219 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Acoustical Joint Sealants at all partitions and floor ceiling assemblies noted to have sound isolation requirements, either by STC or IIC, where other requirements for sealant (fire protection, weatherproofing, etc) do not supersede. Work of this Section generally includes, but may not be limited to, acoustic isolation assemblies & systems and acoustical joint sealing systems at the following locations: 1. Wall membrane penetrations (electrical outlet & device boxes, fixtures, fasteners & mounting hardware, pipes, etc). 2. Ceiling and chase penetrations and duct mounting. 3. Wall top and bottom plate connections to concrete slabs or structure. 4. Interior assembly intersections and corners. 5. Shim and setting spaces at interior door, window, grille, register & louver frames. 6. Other discontinuities or gaps in acoustic partitions. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with work and building assemblies specified in the following related Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 061626 Underlayments 07 2116 Blanket Insulation 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 0690 Schedules for Joint Protection 07 8400 Firestopping 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics DIV. 08 Openings DIV. 09 Finishes 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces 14 9100 Facility Chutes Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product specifications and test reports. 2. Manufacturer's installation specifications. 3. Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). PART TWO: Products: General: Acoustical Joint Sealants and isolation systems shall generally be selected based on compatibility with adjoining materials and acoustical performance ratings. It is the contractor's responsibility to provide only products compatible with adjacent materials and other sound control products and insulations in the various assemblies. Joint Sealants: Acceptable sealant products for conditions at gypsum board wall edges, interior door opening shim spaces, and penetrations shall include: l. Pecora AIS-919 (concealed use). 2. Pcora AC-20 FTR (fire rated and paintable). 3. Noiseproofing Caulk, as manufactured by AcoustiGuard. 4. Other approved equal. Acoustical Sealant accessories, such as backing rods, primers, etc. shall be as recommended by the sealant mfr. 55 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Wall track Isolation Systems: At wall type W-7, isolate the base and head stud tracks from floor and ceiling structures, using track isolation pads and isolated washers for track fasteners. Acceptable track isolation systems include: 1. GenieMat ISO-SILL, as mfr by Pliteq Inc. 2. Wallmat Resilient Isolation Pad, as mfr by Kinetics Noise Control. 3. Other, as approved by architect. Chute Isolation Systems: Isolation mounting hardware for some pipe and duct work may be specified on Mechanical and Plumbing drawings. Unless otherwise noted, isolation mounts for modified trash and linen chutes and larger duct penetrations shall be as manufactured by Mason Industries (see attached literature). Gap isolation for chutes shall be Armaflex closed cell neoprene or equivalent, as shown. Installed chutes shall not come into direct contact with gypsum board enclosure walls or structural floor/ceiling assemblies. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Verify all related components are properly installed and all surfaces are completely dry and fully cured, as applicable. Approved sealants shall be installed in strict accordance with all manufacturer's written recommendations and shall not have negative impacts on other required sealant and protection systems, such as fire and smoke protection, applied fireproofing, firestopping, and weatherproofing. Installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. Protect adjoining construction from damage. After work is completed remove all masking and excess sealant from adjoining surfaces. Replace as required all Acoustical Joint Sealants and isolation systems not passing jurisdictional or close out inspections. Specific Applications: Appropriate acoustic sealants shall be applied to continuously fill all joints in gypsum board partitions and walls, such as interior door opening shim spaces, exterior window shim spaces, knock-out penetrations in electrical device boxes. Penetrations of floor/ceiling systems for new and existing pipes, ducts, conduits, etc shall be sealed with acoustic sealant that maintains the required 2hr floor/ceiling assembly rating. Trash chute isolation shall be installed at all floor slab and roof framing levels which can be accessed during construction. If chute support is required between floor levels, structural mounting frames for chutes, independent of wall framing shall be used. Follow all installation instructions for sealant and isolation products. END OF SECTION 56 Trash Chute '� A' � a , � (� a a a A ��� �� , .�n N � _ . _ � , ��,� _ i._.1:..;.�.,�.-.1...`�-.`-.�`,e`'°". ..`....`L:.,` �..`_ (1;... _..` .'`: -` ' G ., : '., ` ! ` L°J'V`., (''., jE '. ' `•.. i ., ( `.. ( ` d,: .: .: '+.( `;( `+,: � :( .:i. :t :l ;l ;l ,� � t. t. :'�. ;�. . l .'i :l .'( i } C wznQ c �+ u�� s Unit L _-3 1,1� p� c.o 3 s? 1 c.. 13teT'�, FJli1. F}T � �, PzS GAJ � T7 DI `M • p, L �ow Trash Chute angle supports should rest on neoprene pads r �, such as Mason Su er W ads �" ' p P ,; : �B 3-1 /2" Fiberglass Batts (stack pads/metal shims � as per manufacturer's `.,`'.' , �C 5/8" Gypsum Board recommendations) v,: �E 3-5/8" Metal Stud �2S GA .� .��;';� 02 Z'/z�� m ��f8A1� STJil� o a � , As SH � Wn1 � � ' �G 3-5/8" Stud Plate v p � �z";; Section A-A' Hole through concrete slab should be large enough to provide a 1 " airspace. Pack gap with closed-cell neoprene (i.e. , Armaflex, mineral batts or fiberglass batts) Trash Chute Guidelines � � � � Figure 1 . : ..:_ .:_ _. �.:.. . . _�_ __ .:,-. . ..;.. _ .:_. . � Sebastian Vaii Penthouse � L �ADAMSASSOCIATESINC i � � scale3" = 1 � - 0° � " 1536 Ooden Street " . '�' � Denver Colorado so2te � Date Project No. Drawn by 3031455-1900 FAX3031455-9187 3-14-14 9662 MBB � ' W �?N Po55 hM.cNp� �uTs o� 3 • xv • tK . � � . � � ; � .�� . , s����16 ��� ���� � }� � / Y M pC{ v • • • • � p � !� �' i ,� � i 1 • � 1 . 1 ' � �" � p � .� ,• , : 1 . �e � � � e , 0 � W ' ^ 9 B� "M' Cap Screw with . DUCTILE IRON '.OSHPD OPA-0201 '�. Standard Washer . HOUSING Rated LOed CUt'ves (Ibs 6cgs) � ` �RADIAL . ...... BRIDGE � CLEARANCE "RC" 5900 2875 7500 '� BEARWG � �: BRD �Q�3 , �. .: QUALITY � "J ' dia. holes�for NEOPRENE �� "K" Anchor Bolts (2 req'd)�. '. ��� 5000 2265 `y ,. . Alternate- � BRC p'!'�' "L"� tlia. holesfoY '. V p5,.� "M"Anchor Bolis ���� E 3750 1709 .�� �(4reqd) �.� R �' G / �� j BRB �'' 2t00 C / ��:� \ . . ' / E D . L 2�0$ � / c--> - BRA . "2200 H E ' �J98 D C F / p I 790 3bH B�F NOTE: � 880 1550 1800 3750 HORIZONTAL All Hardware Plated ��� ��� $' � 1a�9 � � . � . � � . Horizontal; Vertical and 45° piotted��� Ratings 7YPE BR �IMENSIONS (inches �n"s3limetevs) . are California OSHPD approved. values �� r ,„, ' „. having �ihe OSHPD�� Anchorage Freapproval , .��� ; /�:., . .,� .,:x �,. ,.� .� �, .. J� . . ;:., ��..� ., �:r�""._IS.. �.J.<. ,,; . . , . � �C��,,, ".,,�t,�?' '� NamberoPA-ozot . Testing an[I ca�cu�anons BRA 3��6 2t/2 41/4 15/s 13/a 3/q 3 2 y/2 3/a 3/s �/4 5hs x 1 shs � were performed to meet OSHPD criteria �. 5 S"a � t3II A7 35 i9 �76 5�1 13 1 � iG B flr. 2's 5 ��. To use. �approved. OSHPD reted load 3hs 3Ua 53/n 27/a 17/a �/e 3 2 5/e V2 1/2 3/g 7ry6 x 1 t/a � curves;�t) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal. � BRB 5 aa 746 :i7 48 22 !6 51 iS 13 '13 �94 7t x2ti 6 Forces �6n mounting including irartslations � � and overturNng moments. 2) Plot HorizontaF 7/4 51/4 9 35/8 3 17/z 6Vz 4V2 7/e 3/a 3/4 5/a s/e x illz 5/a : Load vs Vertical Load� The poinf must fall� ' BRC � 3 ;ya ��y �2 7& � 38 165 7 �?a 22 59 59 76 1fix38 '86 �. . withintYleareabelowlheOSHPD�curve. BRD �/4 6 101/2 43/8 35/8 15/8 61/2 41/2 7/8 3/4 3/4 5/8 5/8 X 17/2 5/8 �. � �. S � 62 8�7 � 'It 92 �� 145 514 2a tfl tu 16 76x38 � S �� Spedtication �. � Captive Neoprene elements shall be arranged �� TYPEBRRATINGS � � � � . � in. opposition within a �steel or. ductile iron� '. , �,�y �� �, �.�� �, �� „�,. � � �,,: housing to�,. provide positive mechanical � ,� ,. � �, ,� � restraint in �all directions: Neoprene elemeMs � �i�� ��tl,°- �a't� � ��'� � t��' �'k� � "'� � shall prevent metal to metal contact during � ,�5�`b�i .i3�(Yb ;�` [�i p�` �,�3�.�F �� &� � ,�- �- � �� normal operation. Bonded assemblies without ' y(50 „`,h�Pi� Y�""�P ,�� �`'E7 �it'F� ; �! �f"�. �; , ,� ,��{�t, t`i ��5.,-, ,� �. mechanical interlocks are not acceptable, ��. A-Green AO 85 39 85 3Si 20 0 10.4� � �� Neoprene� elements shall be of bridge� bearing ;� A-Red 50 125 :�7 0.2 125 57 0.18 30 t4 0.13 7.0 � �.�qualityastabulated. A-White 60 205 93 5 205 95 5 50 a3 3 4.3 ��All mountings shall � have minimum 1 .0 ���'� A-Yellow 70 290 132 290 132 70 32 3A � horizontal�� G ratings and anchorage ; B-Red 50 450 20a 500 227 100 45 3.4 preapproval"OPA" numbers from the:Office of �: B-White 60 740 33�i �'Z 750 3%t0 0.18 � �p �� 0.15 z � Statewide: Health� Planning and DevelopmenT�: � `� � . (OSHPD) �.in the state� of California, attesting to ���� BR- B-Yellow 70 1040 472 7050 9'iu 240 9of3 � �5 the maximum horizontal and verticai load�' C-Red 50 650 29; 0 3 750 3C� 0.25 380 , �� 0.50 2�8 ratings: All mountings shall have bolts�for rigitli �- GWhite 60 1100 4,�,�5? � 7150 522 � 500 227 � � 1 .6 . attacFiment to the equipment and atlequate� C-Yellow 70 7540 69� � 610 7so 700395 72 baseboltingprovision: �Mountmgsshallhave�a D-White 60 2390 3 OS4 0.3 2450 7131 025 750 340 0.50 1 ,3 minimum static deflection� of 0.2' (5 mm). D-Yellow 70 3150 � 429 A 3430 7556 6 7050 47fi 13 1 .o � ln seismic��zones, submittals shall�include All Rated Capacities are based on proper neoprene loadings wiihout metal to metal contact. calculations showing that the intersection�of Seismic Max. G Ratings are based on metal failure under static seismic loadings as defined id the horizontal and� vertical seismic loads fall � thebuildingcodea . � below � the�� OSHPD � approved �.;curves'. . =HOrizonial G Ratings are for quick reference only- Use OSHPD Rated Load Curves. � Anchorages mast be� designed to: meet :the , . . applicable building� codes. All calculations � � . �� must be signetl� by a professional��engineer: ,� � � � � . Mountings shall be type BR as manufaciured . BRIDGE-BEARING NEOPRENE SPEqFICATIONS � . by Mason Industries, Inc: + i °° rr �r) .. + + � . 40+_5 2000psi 450% +15% t15% 40% NoCrecks 30%((max3 � .. + +�� 60+_5 2500psi 350% +15% fl5% 40% NoCracks 25%(m2u) � (a�ASTMD�676 (b�ASTMO-012 (c)ASTMP573 (d)NSTM �9149 (e)ASTM0395 CONIPRES�$��N � � � TEI�$��N � � $HEAR � ` The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 08—OPENINGS SECTION 08 1400 WOOD DOORS PART ONE: General: Work of this Section shall include furnishing and installing all interior Wood Doors and frames, shown as Wood (W), Wood Panel (WP), and Solid Core Wood Door (SCWD) on Door Schedule. Furnish and install interior Wood Doors and frames, in locations as shown on plan drawings. Submittals shall be per Section O1 1300, Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 08 7100 Door Hardware 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Complete shop drawings. 2. Profile and finish samples for all door types. PART TWO: Products: All interior Wood Doors shall meet the dimensional requirements as shown in architectural door schedules. All doors shall have swings and operation as shown and noted on plans. Panel door construction shall have stave-core rails and stiles, with fire barrier cores as required. Doors in acoustic rated partitions shall be solid wood and/or acoustic rated solid core construction. All wood doors shall be constructed with minimum 1/8" real wood veneers or solid wood at all surfaces. Sizes and single-panel configurations shall be as shown. Finish wood species and finish shall be clear alder, stained, as noted by Interior Design. Fire rated Wood Doors and frames shall meet the requirements of the scheduled ratings and shall carry third party labels on doors and frames, as required per NFPH-80-1983. Acceptable product manufacturers shall include the following: 1. Sun Mountain Inc., Asheville, NC 2. Karona, Caledonia, MI 3. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc., Northumberland, PA 4. Other as approved by Architect PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Verify completed shop drawing review process well in advance of the work of this Section. Properly receive, handle, and store all materials to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations for each door and coordinate prep and installation of hardware, as specified under Section 08 7100. All door installations shall meet the requirements of all applicable State and Local Codes and Ordinances. After installation is completed, the Contractor shall examine the installation and require that all connections and adjustments necessary to assure proper and smooth operation of each door be made. Contractor shall repair or replace at Owner's discretion of any damaged, malfunctioning, or non code-compliant doors. END OF SECTION 57 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 1423 METAL-CLAD WOOD DOORS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Metal-Clad Wood Doors at (4) exterior balcony entrances, as shown on plans and Door Schedule. Refer to floor plans for door locations and operation. Related work includes furnishing and installing metal-clad wood windows as detailed on the Window Schedule. It is intended that metal-clad doors have exterior finish colors and profiles matching metal-clad windows as closely as possible, and they may be provided by the same manufacturer. Product submittals are required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 08 5213 Metal-Clad Wood Windows 08 7100 Door Hardware 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings of all door units. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty. 4. Cladding color and interior wood finish samples. PART TWO: Products: Metal-Clad Wood Doors shall meet or exceed meet all requirements of the 2012 IECC and the following performance criteria: 1. Max. Unit U-values: 0.30 or better 2. Max. SHGF: 0.30 3. Infiltration: max. 0.5 cfm/sf when tested per NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 (label required) 4. Glazing: Insulated, clear, tempered glass at all lites. 5. Acoustic Glazing: Upgrade acoustic glazing to meet STC 35-37 as follows: Inner Pane: 1/4" clear laminated glass Air Space: 3/8" Outer Pane: 1/8" clear glass (or as required by wind load) Metal-Clad Wood Doors shall be lift-slide operation type, Series TS.13 Thermally Broken, aluminum clad wood doors, as manufactured by Panda or approved equal. As an alternate, door 618-A may be a standard slider operation. Interior finish species and stain color to be selected later by Interior Design from manufacturer's standard options. Doors shall bear NFRC labels verifying energy performance ratings. All door hardware to be provided by the manufacturer unless noted otherwise by Interior Designer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Field verify all rough openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to rough openings required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Store materials upright, indoors, and in dry condition. Properly handle to protect door units from damage before, during and after installation. Inspect installation areas and related conditions for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and report any adverse conditions to 58 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Architect. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install door units true, plumb and in proper alignment with surrounding wall openings and flashings so as to maintain weatherproof building enclosure. Verify full and proper function of all units and associated hardware. Do not use metal blades to clean tempered glass. END OF SECTION SECTION 08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Access Doors and Panels at walls, chases and ceilings, including associated closure systems and hardware as shown on plans and as required by codes and concealed equipment manufacturers. Refer also to detailed requirements of Divisions 21 - 26. Product submittals are required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum board Assemblies 09 9000 Painting and Coating 13 2426 Steam Baths Required submittals include: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Color, finish and profile samples for selection PART TWO: Products: Products shall meet or exceed the performance criteria of the walls, ceilings and partitions in which they are installed, and shall be finished to match surrounding areas, unless noted otherwise. Provide units in sizes as shown or required for particular access and/or maintenance functions. Access doors for attics and other concealed building spaces shall meet the requirements of Fire Marshall and the IBC. Provide concealed hinging and latch operation or door hardware approved by Interior Designer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Field verify all rough openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to rough openings required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Store materials upright, indoors, and in dry condition. Properly handle to protect door units and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install door units true, plumb and in proper alignment with surrounding wall openings and flashings so as to maintain integrity of wall, ceiling or building enclosure. Verify full function of all units and associated hardware. Coordinate access panel as needed when paired with full size wood door from door schedule. Repair or replace damaged units. END OF SECTION 59 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 5213 METAL-CLAD WOOD WINDOWS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Metal-Clad Wood Windows at locations and in sizes as shown on plans and Window Schedule. Related work includes furnishing and installing metal-clad wood doors as detailed on the Door Schedule. It is intended that metal-clad windows have exterior finish colors and profiles matching existing metal-clad windows as closely as possible. Product submittals are required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 07 2500 Weather Barriers 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings of all window units. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty. 4. Cladding color and interior wood finish samples. PART TWO: Products: Metal-Clad Wood Windows shall meet or exceed meet all requirements of the 2012 IECC and the following performance criteria: l. Max. Unit U-values: 0.30 or better 2. Max. SHGF: 0.30 3. Infiltration: max. 0.3 cfm/sf when tested per NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 (label required) 4. Glazing: Insulated, clear, glass at all lites. Tempered as noted and as required. 5. Acoustic Glazing: Upgrade acoustic glazing to meet STC 35-37 as follows: Inner Pane: 1/4" clear laminated glass Air Space: 3/8" Outer Pane: 1/8" clear glass (or as required by wind load) Metal-Clad Wood Windows shall be casement series type, both operable and fixed units as shown, as manufactured by Sierra Pacific or approved equal. Interior finish species and stain color to be selected later by Interior Design from manufacturer's standard options. Windows shall bear NFRC labels verifying energy performance ratings. All operable windows in sleeping rooms shall have hardware restricting operable mechanism to a maximum clear opening of 4". All window hardware to be provided by the manufacturer unless noted otherwise by Interior Designer. Provide units in frame sizes as shown on schedules and in details. Mfr shall identify all mulling requirements for ganged window groupings, whether mulls are filed placed or supplied by the mfr, or factory mulled. Mulls requiring reinforcing shall be designed to meet the following wind loading criteria: 1. Wind Speed: V=90mph, 3 second gust 2. Occupation Category: II 3. Exposure Category: B 60 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Field verify all rough openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to rough openings required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Store materials upright, indoors, and in dry condition. Properly handle to protect window units from damage before, during and after installation. Inspect installation areas and related conditions for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install window units true, plumb and in proper alignment with surrounding wall openings and flashings so as to maintain weatherproof building enclosure. Verify full and proper function of all units and associated hardware. Do not use metal blades to clean tempered glass. END OF SECTION 61 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 6323 RIDGE METAL FRAMED SKYLIGHTS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Ridge Metal Framed Skylight over the Dining Room, as shown on plans and details. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 07 3216 Concrete Roof Tiles 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings of all ridge units. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications. 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty. 4. Cladding color finish samples. PART TWO: Products: Product shall meet or exceed the following performance criteria: 1. Frame Material: Extruded aluminum, strength equal or greater than 6063-T5 alloy &temper 2. Frame Finish: Mfr's standard anodized Dark Bronze or other standard color. 3. Glazing: Clear insulated laminated glass, per codes, STC 35-37 4. Max. U-value: 0.50 5. Max. SHGF: 0.30 6. Structural loading: Per requirements of structural engineer's stated building design criteria 7. Max. Deflection: V360 Ridge Metal Framed Skylights shall be 2010 Structural Slope Glazing System, as manufactured by AIA Industries, Denver, CO (contact Jim Donaldson, president at 1-800-748-2036 or jimd@aiaindustries.com). Slope shall be 7 in 12 and span to match roof slope as shown on drawings. Provide full array of linear, equal sized panels in sizes as shown in plan and details. Shop fabricate to fullest extent possible. Details shall include manufacturer's standard ridge, sill, & intermediate mullion details. All products shall meet the requirements of IBC Section 2405. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Field verify all rough openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to rough openings required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Store materials indoors, in dry condition, and as recommended by manufacturer. Properly handle to protect skylight units and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install skylight units true, plumb and in proper alignment with surrounding framing, roofing and flashings so as to maintain weatherproof roof enclosure. Do not use metal blades to clean tempered glass. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged units. END OF SECTION 62 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Door Hardware for all new doors as shown on Door Schedule and Outline Door Hardware Schedule, included on Drawing A61.1. Refer also to floor plans for door locations and swings. Detailed hardware set information will be developed for submittal by Contractor's hardware supplier. Interior and exterior door hardware is included, as shown and noted. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 08 1400 Wood Doors 08 1423 Metal-Clad Wood Doors 25 1000 Audio-Video and Integrated Automation 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings of all sets and items 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranties 4. Finish colors and samples for final selection and approval PART TWO: Products: General: Provide door hardware per the requirements of the door and hardware schedules and as required by codes. All door hardware shall be new. Door hardware will be selected by Interior Designer in style similar to or matching Rocky Mountain Hardware (US10B, oil rubbed bronze finish typical at exposed surfaces). Dummy levers, pulls and other hardware accessories shall generally match operable hardware styles and finishes. Coordinate functions and hardware sets with Owner and Architect by detailed hardware schedule submittals. Lift-slide door hardware and window hardware shall be selected from mfr's standards, finish to match door hardware. All hardware shall meet the requirements of the 2012 IBC and all other applicable codes and local regulations. Main entrance door hardware shall also meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Coordinate hardware series with requirements for noted door opening fire ratings as required. Manufacturers: With the exception of door hardware manufactured and furnished under Section 08 1423, Clad Wood Doors, all Door Hardware will be specified and selected from ASSA-ABLOY and/or the following preferred items, acceptable manufacturers or equivalent approved others: 1. Card Key Mortise Locksets: shall match existing at The Sebastian 2. Mortise Locksets: Yale, Schlage, 3. Automatic Flush Bolts: Ives, Trimco 4. Automatic Door Bottoms: Pemko, Dorbin, Reese 5. Door Sweeps: DHSI (Model AMDB-3-3) 6. Dead Bolts: Ives, Trimco 7. Flush Bolts: Ives, Trimco 8. Privacy Locksets: Yale, Schlage, 9. Passage Latchsets: Yale, Schlage, 10. Mortise & Self Closing Hinges: Stanley, McKinney, Hager 11. Concealed and Surface Closers: LCN, Norton, Glynn-Johnson 12. Roller Catches: Ives, Emtek 13. Pocket Track Hardware: Johnson, Stanley 14. Viewers: DLP, Ives (160 degree, 2 req'd at accessible rooms) 15. Wall Stops: Ives, Trimco 16. Thresholds: Pemko, 17. Exterior poor Weatherstrip Kits: Pemko, Lift-Slide mfr 63 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 18. Interior poor Smoke Seal Kits: DHSI (Model 105 "cusn &seal"), Pemko (Model Q102) 19. Silencers: Pemko 20. Shower poor Pulls & Pivot Hinges: "Crystal Collection Hardware" in satin nickel finish, as mfr by American Shower poor. 21. Flipper Hardware at retracable doors: See cabinetry drawings by Interior Design Keying: Coordinate hard keying with master families and access tiers as required by Owner and Sebastian Resort management and operations personnel. Card Key Electronic Locksets, at Owner's discretion, will match existing hardware at the Sebastian. Coordinate electronic keying with Owner, existing facility system and Sebastian Resort management and operations personnel. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section, who are familiar with the work. Detailed hardware submittals shall be prepared by an experienced full-service hardware supplier with minimum 10 years experience in this type of project. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all hardware for missing parts, templates & installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Field verify all door openings and types and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re-coordinating any changes to hardware required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Properly handle to protect doors, frames and trim, and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After hardware installation, verify full function of all doors and associated hardware. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items. END OF SECTION 64 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 8300 MIRRORS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install fully tempered plate glass in the locations and sizes as shown by Interior Design. Submittals as required shall be per Section O1 1300, Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 12 3640 Stone Countertops Required submittals shall include manufacturer's product and installation specifications. PART TWO: Products: Provide framed or frameless wall to wall mirrors as indicated on plans. Field verify all mirror areas for full width fit to wall spaces. Mirrors shall be fabricated of 1/4" thick polished plate glass and Grade A silvering quality in two coats hermetically sealed by heavy uniform coating of copper fused to silver electronically guaranteed against silver oxidation. All required joints between sections shall be as visibly unobtrusive as possible. Positively secure top and side edges of mirrors to walls with concealed fasteners or continuous rabbeted wood trim bands. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions. Verify completed shop drawing review process. Install glass Mirrors as required by code and as recommended by mfr, true and plumb. Protect all adjacent finishes from damage. Do not use blades to clean tempered glass. END OF SECTION 65 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 08 9000 LOUVERS AND VENTS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Louvers and Vents at exterior walls, including associated weather protection and dampers, as shown on plans and as required by Mechanical Drawings. Refer also to architectural elevations. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements, refer also to submittal requirements of Mechanical Drawings. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1636 Wood Panel Product Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry (Fiber-Cement Trim) 07 2500 Weather barries 07 6000 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 9213 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 09 9000 Painting and Coating Div. 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Required submittals include: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications 3. Cladding color and interior wood finish samples PART TWO: Products: Louvers and vents shall be metal, factory finished to match Metal-Clad Wood Windows and Doors, or be factory primed to receive paint to match. Provide units in sizes as shown on mechanical schedules and in details. Products shall meet or exceed the performance criteria for free areas and weather protection as shown in Mechanical Drawings. All required operating hardware and control connections shall be as recommended by manufacturer and as required by other sections of this specification. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, who are familiar with the work. Field verify all rough openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to rough openings required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect AND/OR Mechanical Engineer. Properly handle to protect units and to prevent damage to weather barriers and flashing before, during and after installation. Inspect installation areas for acceptance of previous work prior to installation and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install louvers and vents true, plumb and in proper alignment with surrounding wall openings and flashings so as to maintain weatherproof building enclosure. Verify full function of all units and associated hardware. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged units. END OF SECTION 66 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 09— FINISHES SECTION 09 0600 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES PART ONE: General: Project finishes are indicated by Room Name and number in the Interior Design plan, reflected ceiling plans and interior elevation drawings. Material keys for finishes shown are described on the drawings. PART TWO: Products: General: A detailed Outline Finish Schedule will be prepared by the Interior Designer and included in their documents later. However, all document discrepancies and sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer and Owner prior to ordering materials. Material Ratin�s: All interior finish materials shall comply with the material rating requirements included in 2012 IBC Chapter 8, for Class C materials in a sprinklered building. PART THREE: Execution: N/A END OF SECTION SECTION 09 2100 PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Gypsum Board Assemblies at exterior and interior walls; at rated shaft enclosures; and at ceilings as shown on plans and details. Submittal of all products shall be required, in accordance with the requirements of section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 07 0690 Schedules for Joint Protection 07 8400 Firestopping 07 8426 Thermal Barriers for Plastics 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 3033 Stone Tiling 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting 09 7500 Stone Facing 09 9000 Painting and Coating PART TWO: Products: Gypsum Assemblies: All gypsum and plaster products and systems shall comply with the requirements of IBC Chapter 25. Use only products rated and approved for their intended use. Gypsum Board for general wall and ceiling construction shall be 5/8" thick. Acceptable products include: A. Standard Interior Gypsum Wallboard shall be UL listed, Type "X" 5/8" paper-faced gypsum board for fire rated assemblies. Acceptable products include: 1. Sheetrock Brand Firecode Core Gypsum Panels, as mfr by US Gypsum. 2. Gold Bond XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, as mfr by National Gypsum. 3. Other as approved by Architect. 67 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 B. Wet area wall sheathing substrate for tile and stone shall be cement, fiber-cement, or glass mat gypsum backers in compliance with ASTM C-1178, ASTM C-1288 or ASTM C-1325. C. Shaft wall systems (wall type W-3) shall be in accordance with referenced assembly design detail standards. Shaft liner shall be 1" GreenGlass Gypsum Liner Board, as manufactured by Temple-Inland, or approved equal. D. All tape, joint compounds, adhesives and fasteners shall be as recommended by mfr for particular applications. All wet area fasteners shall be stainless steel. Where noted in acoustic control wall assemblies for sound control (wall types W-2, W-4 and W-7), "Green Glue" shall be Green Glue Noiseproofing Compound, as mfr by Saint-Gobain. E. Corner beads shall be min. 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" square edge type. All windows and doors will receive full casing. Suspension Systems: All Suspension Systems products for ceiling framing shall be compatible with ceiling materials and finishes as shown and as described in other Sections. Suspension Systems for gypsum ceilings and soffits shall be Armstrong DGS (drywall grid system), with 1-1/2" wide attachment surface, fabricated with hot-dipped galvanized steel, or approved equal, unless required otherwise by soffit material mfr. Hangers, fasteners and accessories shall be as recommended and rated by the mfr for the loads of the ceiling or soffit system details being supported and the overhead structure and attachment conditions. Finishes: Refer to the reflected ceiling plans and interior elevations included in the Interior Design drawings. Unless other finish materials are noted (such as stone, wood, tile, etc) or other gypsum finish surface treatments are noted, all typical gypsum board finishes will be level 4 drywall finish with paint (typically noted as "PT" on Interior Design elevations). Where other finish materials are shown, coordinate with the work of those Sections and prepare surface of gypsum board as required to provide proper substrate condition for installation of those other noted finish materials. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials. Install Gypsum Sheathing in accordance with mfr's recommendations and all 2012 IBC requirements for fire-rated and non-rated wall construction. Where indicated, Gypsum Sheathing shall be a component of 1/2hr, lhr and 2hr partition and fire separation assemblies, as noted on wall details, and shall be installed in strict accordance with rating requirements for those assemblies. Multi-layer Installation: At assemblies requiring multi-layer gypsum board installation, each outer layer shall be installed with panels oriented perpendicular to the previous layer, with staggered joints. Each individual layer shall be finished with tape and drywall compound prior to installation of a subsequent layer. Where indicated, use Green Glue between layers for acoustical sound control. All sound isolating gypsum board partitions shall be installed in accordance with ASTM E-497, "Standard Practice for Installing Sound-Isolating Gypsum Board Partitions", and in accordance with ASTM C-919, "Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustic Applications". END OF SECTION 68 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 3013 CERAMIC TILING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Ceramic Tile at floors and walls as indicated in the plans and interior elevations included in the Interior Design drawings. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting Required submittals include: 1. Tile Layout Drawings, were required to verify patterns and/or accent detailing. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranties 4. Samples of each material for final selection and approval of tiles and grout materials. PART TWO: Products: Ceramic Tiling will be as specified by Interior Designer later, and as approved during submittals. All sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer prior to ordering materials. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only certified installers familiar with the work. Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to installing tile materials. Prepare cementitious substrates according to ASTM F 710. Remove all dust, dirt & loose material from substrate prior to setting tile. Verify location of all control & expansion joints in substrates prior to installation. Expansion joints at tile finish to occur directly on top of substrate expansion & control joints and all other locations required by EJ171. Installer to verify substrate conditions meet installation tolerances prior to proceeding with installation. At showers and high moisture areas, tile to be set on cementations Backer Units. Lay out tiles so tile widths at opposite edges are equal and are at least one-half of a tile. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from carton in same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Installations shall conform to TCA handbook methods for each tile application type. At floor intersections with cove base, apply 1/4" calk expansion joint. In showers, comply with TCA handbook methods for junctions at walls and floors. Once tile set completely cured, clean & seal per manufactures recommendations. All leftover tiles and base to be boxed and labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. END OF SECTION 69 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 3033 STONE TILING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Stone Tile at floors and walls as indicated in the plans and interior elevations included in the Interior Design drawings. Work of this Section also includes stone thresholds at floor material transitions and door openings, as noted on plans. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Tile Layout Drawings, were required to verify patterns and/or accent detailing. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranties 4. Samples of each material for final selection and approval of tiles and grout materials. PART TWO: Products: General: Stone Tiling will be as specified by Interior Designer later, and as approved during submittals. All sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer prior to ordering materials. Thresholds: Stone thresholds shall be marble, to match existing, with beveled edges. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only certified installers familiar with the work. Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to installing tile materials. Prepare cementitious substrates according to ASTM F 710. Remove all dust, dirt & loose material from substrate prior to setting tile. Verify location of all control & expansion joints in substrates prior to installation. Expansion joints at tile finish to occur directly on top of substrate expansion & control joints and all other locations required by EJ171. Installer to verify substrate conditions meet installation tolerances prior to proceeding with installation. At showers and high moisture areas, tile to be set on cementations Backer Units. Lay out tiles so tile widths at opposite edges are equal and are at least one-half of a tile. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from carton in same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Installations shall conform to TCA handbook methods for each tile application type. At floor intersections with cove base, apply 1/a" calk expansion joint. In showers, comply with TCA handbook methods for junctions at walls and floors. Once tile set completely cured, clean & seal per manufactures recommendations. All leftover tiles and base to be boxed and labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. END OF SECTION 70 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 6400 WOOD FLOORING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Wood Flooring at floors as indicated in the plans included in the Interior Design drawings. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 6340 Stone Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product & installation specifications. 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty. 3. Samples for selection and verification of species, grain and stain color & finish. provide sample sets sufficient to show the full range of natural texture and color variations expected. 4. Mock-up of pattern(s) with various board widths, joints and end butt conditions. PART TWO: Products: General: Wood Flooring will be as specified by Interior Designer later, and as approved during submittals. All sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer prior to ordering materials. Underlayments: Substrates and underlayments for wood flooring are described in Section 06 1626 Underlayment. Provide anti-creak friction relief layer over plywood, as recommended by wood flooring mfr. Wood Flooring Material: Hardwood Flooring to comply with National Wood Flooring Association (NWFA) grading rules for species, grade, cut and installation. Basis of Design material will be "European White Oak", Spec Number 10,358 or 10,463, by mfr by Wood Wright, kerfed plank flooring, 3/4" thick by 8" to 10" wide by random lengths, with 5ft minimum length. Include allowance at this time for "Medium dark" stained finish with sealer to match Interior Designer's sample. Provide flooring that carries NWFA grade stamp on each bundle or piece. Obtain flooring material from one source with resources to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners to extent allowed by mfr's installation requirements. Finish: As specified by Interior design. PART THREE: Execution: Workmanshiq: Employ only certified installers familiar with the work. Measurements: Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to commencing with Shop Drawings. Delivery and Handling: Do not deliver material until building or storage area is enclosed and sufficiently dry to prevent damage from excessive changes in moisture content. Contractor shall inspect all delivered material prior to preparing substrate and report any concerns regarding product suitability to Architect immediately. Protect wood flooring from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver wood flooring until after concrete, plaster, ceramic tile and similar wet-work is complete and dry. Store wood flooring materials in a dry, warm, well-ventilated, weather tight location. Wood flooring material shall be stickered and stored on 71 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 site in an area environmentally equivalent to installation rooms for a minimum of 21 days after delivery to acclimatize moisture contents. Installation: Verify approved material control samples and layout of work prior to installation. Examine substrates and underlayments before beginning installation. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. New concrete surfaces shall be a minimum of one month old. Installer to verify substrate conditions meet wood flooring manufacturer's installation tolerances prior to proceeding with installation. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions by installer. Apply underlayment materials as described in Section 06 1626 Underlayment and as required by manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Wood flooring installation shall meet the requirements of the 2012 IRC and the NFWA guidelines. Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring of not less than 1/z" to be covered by base trim. Install anti-creak friction relief layer over plywood, as recommended by wood flooring mfr. Blind nail flooring to substrate according to NOFMA's written recommendations. Select fastener types and spacing as required by NFWA guidelines and so that no fasteners penetrate the acoustic underlayment below the plywood underlayment. Nail base boards and wall paneling to walls— not flooring. Field Finishin�: Wood flooring to receive finishes on site after installation shall be machine-sanded to remove offsets ridges, cups, and standing-machine marks that would be noticeable after finishing. Vacuum and tack with a clean cloth immediately before applying finish. Apply a single back-coat of the floor sealer to the back-side of all solid-wood plank flooring according to finish manufacturer's written instructions. Apply floor finish according to finish manufacturer's written instructions. Apply in number of coats recommended by finish manufacturer for application indicated, but not less than three. For water- based finishes, use finish methods recommended by finish manufacturer to minimize grain raise. Protection of finished surfaces: Protect installed wood floors from damage until Final Acceptance. Humidity shall be maintained after installation is complete. Once finish has fully cured, cover installed finished wood flooring to protect it from damage during the remainder of construction period. Use heavy kraft-paper or other suitable covering vs. plastic sheet or film that could cause condensation. Provide protection board over kraft-paper where continued construction foot traffic is expected. Overages and Leftovers: All leftover flooring to be boxed, labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. Provide 3% overage and store with left over material. END OF SECTION 72 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 6800 CARPETING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Carpeting at floors as indicated in the plans included in the Interior Design drawings. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring Required submittals include: 1. Material samples for selection & approvals. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty PART TWO: Products: General: Carpet will be as specified by Interior Designer later, and as approved during submittals. All sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer prior to ordering materials. All carpet shall be Class II and pass the "pill test", per IBC requirements. Underla, my ents: Substrates and underlayments for carpeting are described in Section 06 1626 Underlayment. Provide acoustically rated carpet pad, with recycled content, as recommended by manufacturer and Interior Designer. Basis of Design Materials: Media Room carpet and pad to be selected later. Public hallways and egress stairway shall have commercial glue-down type with edging and nosing details to match existing. PART THREE: Execution: General: Work to be performed by skilled carpet layers, exemplifying the best standards of carpet installation. Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to installing carpet. Take-offs and seaming diagrams will be verified by the installer. Store materials indoors, and in dry condition. Inspect installation areas all related conditions for acceptance of previous work before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Designer. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Installation: Tackless stripping shall be securely installed at all wall perimeters. No fasteners shall penetrate the bottom layer of acoustical underlayment. Underlayment shall be installed smooth in all areas with minimum space at tackless stripping. Carpet shall be laid over cushion and shall be installed, stretched and balanced so that all seams are parallel with minimum bow. All woven carpets are to have hand or machine sewn seams unless otherwise specified. All tufted carpets are to be seamed with hot tape unless otherwise specified. All carpet edges shall be trimmed and neatly fitted around all perimeters, steps and fixed items. Where carpet meets another floor material (i.e., wood) concealed metal stripping shall be used with tightest possible jointing. Field Protection: Plastic protection such as Poly Track cannot be used on wool content carpets. Heavy craft paper should be used to protect wool content carpets. Overages and Leftovers: All carpet remnants, scraps or cuttings shall be bundled and labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. END OF SECTION 73 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 7500 STONE FACING PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Stone Facing at fireplaces and interior wall areas as indicated in the plans and interior elevations included in the Interior Design drawings. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05 5200 Metal Railings 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4323 Wood Stairs 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces Required submittals include: 1. Stone Layout Drawings, were required to verify patterns and/or accent detailing. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items 3. Samples and/or mock-ups of each material for final selection and approval of stone and grout layouts and materials. PART TWO: Products: General: Stone will be as specified by Interior Designer later, and as approved during submittals. All sample approvals shall be resolved conclusively with the Interior Designer prior to ordering materials. Thin Veneer Stone: All interior stone facing shall meet the requirements of IBC Section 1405.10.3 Interior Adhered Masonry Veneers. Stone material shall be adhered to structural substrate of minimum 1/z" cement board, and meet the following criteria: 1. Thickness: 2" maximum. 2. Weight: 20 Ibs/sf maximum. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only certified installers familiar with the work. Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to installing stone facing materials. Installer to verify substrate conditions meet installation tolerances prior to proceeding with installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Installations shall conform to TCA handbook methods for each application type. At wall intersections with dissimilar materials, apply 1/4" flexible grout, paintable expansion joint. Coordinate installations in advance with related work, including fireplaces and handrails. Once stone set completely cured, clean & seal per manufactures recommendations. All leftover stone to be boxed and labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. END OF SECTION 74 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING PART ONE: General: General: Work of this Section includes all applied paint and stain finishes, except intumescent fireproofing paint, which is specified under Section 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing. All colors will be selected and approved by interior Designer and/or Owner from field samples prepared by GC. Provide multiple samples of each color on each finish substrate for selection and approval. Submit shall be required per Section O1 30 00 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate painting and coating systems with other related Sections, including adjacent materials and finished surfaces, as required and as noted in those Sections. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 09 0600 Schedules for Finishes 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 6400 Wood Flooring 09 6800 Carpeting 09 9000 Painting and Coating Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items 2. Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and instructions for handling, storing, installing, cleaning and disposing of paint and stain materials 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranties 4. Samples as needed for final selection and approval of each finish. Interior Painting & Staining: Provide painted gypsum board finishes as noted at interior walls and ceilings. Allow for four interior wall and ceiling colors. Field and/or shop paint all hollow metal door frames and all metal railings. Provide stain finishes at all wood doors, interior wood finishes of inetal-clad wood doors & windows, wood flooring, wood ceilings, wood trim and any natural wood built-in cabinetry, as noted on drawings and in other Sections. Exterior Painting & Staining: Provide painted finishes at all exterior fiber-cement trim and at fiber-cement siding and soffits. Provide painted or stained finishes at all exterior wood trim and fascias. All exterior finishes shall match existing exterior finishes of similar materials. Field and/or shop paint all snow fences and safety tie-off anchors. All colors to be selected and approved by Architect from field samples prepared by GC. Provide multiple samples of each color on each finish substrate for selection and approval. PART TWO: Products: Paint and coating products shall be water based, low odor, no VOC and material off-gassing controlling type systems, as demonstrated by mfr's data and Manufacturer's Safety and Data Sheets (MSDS). Paint schedule: Typical paint finishes include, but are not limited to: At Gypsum Board: Interior latex, eggshell finish (except semi-gloss finish at kitchen & bath rooms). At Interior Casing & Trim: Stain to match Interior Designer's sample. At Wood Doors: Stain to match trim. At Wood Floors: Stain to match Interior Designer's sample, filed or shop finish. At Exterior Fiber-Cement Board: Paint, minimum 2 coats full body exterior paint, as recommended by Fiber-Cement board manufacturer. At Exterior Metal: Rust inhibitive primer (shop) and 2 coats high performance exterior metal paint. 75 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only experienced painters familiar with the work. Follow all mfr's written safety and handling instructions for each coating system. Delivery, handling, storage, mixing and blending, provision of adequate ventilation, clean up and disposal of excess materials shall be in full accordance with mfr's recommendation and OSHA safety regulations. Use recommended surface preparations and primers and follow all of mfr's written instructions, for each substrate and for each coating system. Install field test patch for each coating system, at each different substrate in unobtrusive area for final approval prior to general application. Measurements: Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and paint quantities, and shall obtain actual job site measurements prior to commencing with Shop Drawings. Application: Verify approved material control samples for finish systems and colors prior to application. Examine substrates and application surfaces before beginning installation, and notify Architect immediately of any conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, treatments, and/or other substances that could bleed through final finish coatings. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions by applicator. Apply paint and stain materials as by manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Protect all other surfaces from spillage, overspray or damage from painting activities. Maintain adequate ventilation at all times and wear protective gear as recommended and required. For additional requirements of paint and stain finishes, see Sections for related materials. Protection of finished surfaces: Protect installed paint and stain finishes from damage until Final Acceptance. Humidity shall be maintained after installation is complete. Once finishes have fully cured, cover and protect as needed to prevent damage during the remainder of construction period. Overages and Leftovers: After Final Acceptance, provide at least one sealed and unopened original container (minimum 1 gal size) of each paint and stain finish, labeled for identification and placed in Owner's storage area. Attach to each container complete documentation of the manufacturer, supplier, formulation, color, and areas of application. END OF SECTION 76 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 2816 BATH ACCESSORIES REFER TO INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY WILSON ASSOCIATES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Bath Accessories, as shown on Accessory Schedule, included on Drawing ID-0.1. Refer also to Interior Design floor plans elevations for accessory locations and mounting heights. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 08 1400 Wood Doors 25 1000 Audio-Video and Integrated Automation 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings and Schedule of all items. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items. 3. (2) copies of manufacturer's warranties. 4. Finish colors and samples for final selection and approval. PART TWO: Products: Provide Bath Accessories per the requirements of the accessory schedule and as shown, including noted manufacturers and finishes. All accessories shall be new, and shall meet requirements of the 2012 IBC and all other applicable codes and local regulations. Substitutions shall require approval by Interior Designer. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section. Verify shop drawing approval and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all bath accessories for missing parts, templates & installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Field verify all required functional clearances and required blocking. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re- coordinating any changes to hardware required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Interior Designer. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Protect adjacent finishes from damage during and after installation. After installation, verify full function of all items and repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items. END OF SECTION 77 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 10 2819 TUB AND SHOWER DOORS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install frameless "Euro-style" Shower poors and enclosures, as shown on plans and interior elevations. Product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 3033 Stone Tiling 10 2816 Bath Accessories (shower door handles) Div 22 Plumbing Required submittals include: 1. Complete Shop Drawings and Schedule of all items. 2. Manufacturer's product and installation specifications for all items. 3. Finish colors and samples of hardware for final selection and approval. PART TWO: Products: Provide Shower poors and enclosures as shown, including patch style, wet area hinges in finish to match Bath Accessories. All glass shall be minimum 3/8" thick (additional thickness as recommended for panel sizes), clear plate, tempered safety glass, with beveled and polished edges. Coordinate shop preparation of glass for hardware and accessories prior to tempering. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen form fabrication and installation of the work of this Section. Verify shop drawing approval and inspect all related conditions before commencing work and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all shower doors, enclosures and hardware, templates & installation instructions for proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Field verify all required clearances and required blocking. Glass panels shall be installed as shown, with fixed panels grout set into surrounding tile with flexible grout as required. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Protect adjacent finishes from damage during and after installation. After installation, verify full function of all items and repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items. END OF SECTION 78 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 10 3100 MANUFACTURED FIREPLACES PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes gas fireplaces, linear fireplace elements, and fire pits, as shown and as noted on plans, including all related flues, venting, controls and related safety features. Product submittals shall be required in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 08 9000 Louvers and Vents 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 7500 Stone Facing Div 22 Plumbing (natural gas feeds) Div 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (flues and vents) 25 1000 Audio/Video and Integrated Automation Div 26 Electrical (power) 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Required submittals for each fireplace include: l. Product submittals for unit confirmation and installation coordination, including required venting and controls. 2. Finish Samples for selection and approval by Owner. 3. Complete manufacturer's product, safety and installation specifications. 4. (2) copies of manufacturer's operating manuals and warranty. PART TWO: Products: General: Fireplaces shall be manufactured, U.L. listed, natural gas appliance type or fabricated from custom configurations of manufactured linear burn elements, as noted and shown. Fireplaces shall meet all requirements of the 2012 IBC & IFGC; and the 2012 IECC, Chapter 4(CE); and all Town of Vail regulations. All direct vent and bedroom units shall be sealed type with unit airflow uncoupled from interior spaces. Basis of Design manufacturers to be as shown in equipment schedule below, or approved equal. Coordinate with Interior Design for surrounds and finishes as required. Other manufacturers which may be considered include the following: l. Sparks Modern Fire 2. Montigo 3. Monessen 4. Other as approved by Architect Equipment Schedule: Preliminary fireplace configurations as follows, all units to have natural gas feeds, outside air kits, required flue venting, and remote integrated electronic controls, unless noted otherwise: 1. At Master Bedroom, Rm 507: Model RP 620, 75,000 BTU/hr input, enclosed direct-vent gas fireplace, with 8" O.D. power vent flue, as mfr by Montigo. Custom surround, details TBD. 2. At Guest Bedroom 4, Rm 522: Model Serenade, 34,000 BTU/hr input, enclosed direct vent gas fireplace, with 8" O.D. flue, as mfr by Monessen. Custom surround, details TBD. 3. At Dining, Rm 603: Model P38 DF, 25,000 BTU/hr input, enclosed direct vent gas fireplace, with 8" O.D. vertical flue, as mfr by Montigo. Stone surround, see Interior Design. 79 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 4. At Living, Rm 605: Custom 30" x 30" 90 degree linear burn configuration, as shown, and as mfr by Montigo. Estimated 100,000 BTU/hr input, open fire box. Custom hearth and surround, details TBD. 5. At Balcony, Rm 606: Model CUBE, 36" square, 60,000 BTU/hr input, stainless steel finish open fire pit, with stainless steel cover, as mfr by Sparks. 30 minute shut-off required, max. gas feed = 3/a" 6. At Guest Master, Rm 610: Model Serenade, 34,000 BTU/hr input, enclosed direct vent gas fireplace, with 8" O.D. flue, as mfr by Monessen. Custom surround, details TBD. Ventin�: Venting, flue pipe, connections, terminations, fittings, etc shall all be as recommended and as approved by fireplace manufacturer, and as required by codes. Basis of Design for direct vent configurations is the fireplace manufacturer, or Duravent Direct Vent Pro, or approved equal(s). Refer to Mechanical drawings for details of venting configurations. Flue terminations are also shown on architectural exterior elevations and roof plans. Accessories: Provide all accessories as needed for complete and functioning fireplace and fire pit installations, including but not limited to: 1. Flame beddings of stone or glass beads. 2. Screens and doors. 3. Ignition and control systems, including remotes. 4. Covers, for exterior units. 5. Required shut-off valves. 6. Other accessories, as required. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section, who are familiar with the work. Detailed fireplace submittals and finished designs of custom units shall be prepared by an experienced full-service manufacturer and/or supplier with minimum 10 years experience in this type of project. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work, including all required clearances to combustible materials, and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with associated mechanical systems and with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all fireplaces and associated components for missing parts, safety and installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Field verify all rough firebox openings and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re-coordinating any changes required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Properly handle to protect equipment, doors, frames, finishes and trim, and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After fireplace installation, verify full function of all equipment, associated hardware, controls, and integration with electronic safety and security systems. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items and any items not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 80 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT SECTION 11 1616 SAFES PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes a floor mounted safe, located in Her Dressing in the master bedroom suite. Final location of safe will be coordinated with Section 06 4023 shop drawings later. Product submittals shall be required in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete 06 1626 Underlayment 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Required submittals include: 1. Complete manufacturer's product and installation specifications for unit confirmation and coordination with built-in cabinetry. 2. (2) copies of manufacturer's operating manuals and warranty. PART TWO: Products: Safe shall be a Strong Fireproof Safe (5.1 cubic ft), as available from Nationwide Safes & Security (www.nationwidesafes.com), or equivalent, as approved by Owner. Safe features to include: l. Dial combination lock with key-locking dial. 2. 4-drawer interior cabinet. 3. 2-hr rated fire resistance (interior temp <350 degF). 4. Secure floor anchorage hardware. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer for installation of the work of this Section. Installer and supplier shall be security bonded. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work, including all required coordination with approved shop drawings for safe and for surrounding architectural woodwork, and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with associated security systems and with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect safe and associated components for missing parts, installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Field verify mounting location and completed shop drawing review process. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re-coordinating any changes required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After installation, verify full function of all equipment, associated hardware, controls, and integration with electronic safety and security systems. Set combinations and provide keying as directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 81 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 11 3100 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes Residential Appliances and miscellaneous residential equipment. Furnish and install Residential Appliances generally as shown on plans and included in Appliance Schedule below. See Interior Design plans and Equipment Schedule on drawing ID-0.1 for additional information. Detailed product submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 08 9000 Louvers and Vents 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 12 3640 Stone Countertops Div 22 Plumbing(water, drains & natural gas feeds) Div 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (flues and vents) 25 1000 AudioNideo and Integrated Automation Div 26 Electrical (power) 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Required submittals for each item include: 1. Product submittals for unit confirmation and installation coordination, including required gas, electric &water feeds; drains; venting; and controls. 2. Finish Samples for selection and approval by Owner. 3. Complete manufacturer's product, safety and installation specifications. 4. (2) copies of manufacturer's operating manuals and warranties. PART TWO: Products: General: Provide Appliances as shown on plans. Coordinate appliance connections with other Sections of this Specification as required, including power, gas, water, vents & drains. Appliances and installations shall meet all IBC, State and local code requirements. Provide appliances with E-star ratings and noise dampening features to extent possible. Submittal of all appliances with warrantees and operating manuals is required. Acceptable Manufacturers: Unless noted otherwise below, appliances shall be supplied by the following manufacturer's per the Interior Design Equipment Schedule. Alternate products shall be submitted as Substitutions per Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements: l. Wolf. 2. Fisher Paykel. 3. GE. 4. Subzero. Appliance Schedule: Appliance types, by location, will be as follows: At Main Level: Laundry: (1) Washing machine. (1) Dryer. (1) Fire Extinguisher. Master Wet Bar: (1) 24" wide, under-counter refrigerator. Master Bedroom: (1) Oxygen Concentrator, Model Millennium M10, as mfr by Phillips Respironics. 82 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 Media Wet Bar: (1) 24" wide, under-counter refrigerator. (1) 18" wide, under-counter ice maker. (1) In-line water purifier at ice maker. At Upper Level: Kitchen: (1) 36" all-refrigerator. (3) 33" built-in freezer drawers. (1 w/ ice) (1) 48" wide combination gas ovens & range, with griddle. (1) 54" wide ceiling-mount cooktop exhaust hood. (2) 24" wide, under-counter dishwashers. (1) Garbage disposal at sink. (1) Built-in microwave oven. (1) Insta-Hot dispenser. (2) In-line water purifiers: (1) at sink, (1) at ice. Living Wet Bar: (1) 24" wide, under-counter refrigerator. (1) 18" wide, under-counter ice maker. (1) 24" wide, under-counter wine refrigerator. (1) In-line water purifier at ice. Guest Master Wet Bar: (1) 24" wide, under-counter refrigerator. Electrical Closet: (1) Fire Extinguisher. Additional Product Details: Suggested finishes for most Appliances are shown in the Interior Design Equipment Schedule, subject to Owner approval of submittals. Fire extinguishers shall be 101b multi- purpose Type ABC as required by IBC. Include in-line water purifiers at each ice-maker. Ice to be large cub type (no clear ice). PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section, who are familiar with the work. Detailed appliance submittals shall be prepared by an experienced full-service supplier with minimum 5 years experience in this type of project. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work, including all required clearances and rough openings and approved cabinetry and countertop shop drawings, and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re-coordinating any changes required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with associated mechanical, electrical & plumbing systems and with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all appliances and associated components for missing parts, safety and installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Properly handle to protect equipment, doors, frames, finishes and trim, and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After appliance installation, verify full function of all equipment, associated hardware, accessories and controls. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items and any items not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 83 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 84 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS SECTION 12 200 WINDOW TREATMENTS THE FOLLOWING INTEGRATED AUTOMATION & CONTROLS DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED BY VIA / PARAGON TECHNOLOGY GROUP FOR REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. 85 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 12 2000 WINDOW COVERINGS PART ONE:General: Furnish and install Low Voltage Motorized Window Coverings and Control System according to Plans and Specifications. Low Voltage Contractor shall provide all prewire, installation, and programming required to complete the project requirements. The designated window covering system platform shall be Lutron QS. Back of house power transformer panels will be coordinated into the A/V Room (1 per 10 motors). Control shall be coordinated via programming from lighting keypads and the Savant iPad app. All window locations are shown with dual-shade configuration for a solar (sheer) fabric roller-shade and a blackout roller-shade or drapery,depending on location. The skylight over the dining room is expected to have shading. Details TBD. Final motorization locations, installation details, and materials are TBD. Assume plan layout is accurate for preliminary coordination and pricing (omit pocket or flap-hanger until details are defined). Assume budget fabric selections until selections are determined. Required submittals include: 1. Samples sufficient for color and/or finish selection. 2. Manufacturer's product specifications. END OF SECTION WINDOW COVERINGS 12 2000 - 1 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 12 3640 STONE COUNTERTOPS PART ONE: General: Furnish and install Stone Countertops at kitchen, baths, cabinets, and built-ins as shown on drawings and details. See Interior Design plans and interior elevations and ID-5 series detail drawings for additional information. Shop drawing submittals shall be required, in accordance with Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 3033 Stone Tiling 11 3100 Residential Appliances Div 22 Plumbing (fixtures) Required submittals include: l. Complete layout and shop drawings. 2. Finish and fabrication samples for selection and approval by Owner. 3. Sealers and cleaning solvents. PART TWO: Products: General: Countertops shall include natural stone and custom finish concrete countertops and backsplashes as shown on plans. All countertops will be fabricated specifically for this project. Fabricate all counters in accordance with indicated design intent and to accepted industry standards. Fabricate in largest continuous sections practical, with minimum joints. Coordinate cut-outs with other Sections of this Specification as required. All countertop surfaces shall be designed to support min. 2001b point loads. Details: Details for countertop fabrication, including plan details, thickness, edges, backsplash extents, integration with built-in cabinetry, etc are shown in Interior Design drawings. Materials: Initial material selections shall be from suppliers samples and images. Final selections shall be confirmed from actual full slabs by Interior Design and/or Owner. Stone Countertop materials may include the following: 1. Quartzite. 2. Granite. 3. Marble. 4. Stained Concrete. 5. Other natural stone materials, as selected. PART THREE: Execution: General: Employ only certified fabricators and installers familiar with the work. Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements and shall obtain actual job site measurements and complete shop drawing approval prior to commencing with fabrication. Fabricate only from approved shop drawings. Generally use largest, widest and longest practical pieces wherever possible. Refer to Interior Design documents for additional details of individual component fabrication. Do not deliver fabricated material until building or storage area is enclosed and heated sufficiently to prevent damage. Natural finish trim material to have moisture content of 8% or less, sanded stained and sealed finish. Installation: Verify layout of work prior to installation. Ensure proper blocking is in place prior to installation and examine substrates before beginning installation — beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions by installer. Wherever possible, provide single piece for each length of countertop. Butt joints, where necessary, shall be located as inconspicuously as possible. All countertops, 87 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 backsplashes and edges shall be set level, plumb and true. Secure all finish work tightly to blocking or substrates with anchors and/or adhesives as recommended. Grout joints as required. Remove excess adhesives and grout only with non-damaging solvents and finish-safe abrasives. Protect adjacent finishes and all installed countertops from damage during and after installation. Finish stone and concrete surfaces only with recommended and approved sealers. At Final Acceptance, provide manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures and list of acceptable cleaning and maintenance products. END OF SECTION 88 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 13 —SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13 2000 STEAM BATHS PART ONE: General: Work of this Section includes (3) steam bath units, as shown and as noted on plans, at the Master Bath, Guest Master Bath and Guest bedroom #4. Product submittals shall be required in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements. Coordinate this work with the work of the following Sections: 05 4100 Cold Formed Metal Framing 06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling 09 3033 Stone Tiling Div 22 Plumbing (fixtures) Div 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (flues and vents) Div 26 Electrical (power) Required submittals include: 1. Product submittals for unit confirmation and installation coordination, including required plumbing, electrical and controls. 2. Finish Samples of exposed elements for selection and approval by Owner. 3. Complete manufacturer's product, safety and installation specifications. 4. (2) copies of manufacturer's operating manuals and warranty. PART TWO: Products: Provide Steam Baths as shown on plans, complete with generators, connections, and controls. Coordinate connections with other Sections of this Specification as required, including power, water, vents & drains. Products shall be UL listed and and installations shall meet all IBC, State and local code requirements. Provide noise dampening features to extent possible. Basis of Design product is e-Series steam generator, with iButler controls package, as manufactured by Mr. Steam, or approved equal. Specific generator unit models as follows: l. Master Bath, Rm 511: MS225E 2. Guest B'rm #4 Bath, Rm 525: MS225E 3. Guest Master Bath, Rm 614: MS150E Field confirm shower volumes with appropriate generator specifications before ordering. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced tradesmen, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section, who are familiar with the work. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work, including all required clearances and rough openings, and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with associated mechanical, electrical & plumbing systems and with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all steam baths and associated components for missing parts, safety and installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After installation, verify full function of all equipment, associated hardware, accessories and controls. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items and any items not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 89 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 90 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 14—CONVEYING EQUIPMENT SECTION 14 9100 FACILITY CHUTES REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY BEAUDIN-GANZE CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. Work of this Section includes modification of (2) existing chutes, including the Laundry chute, which runs from the roof above to the Hotel Laundry area on level 150 below; and the Trash chute, which runs from the roof above to the Hotel Loading Dock and trash compactor on level 170 below. Modifications include removing existing access doors at the Penthouse Main level and re-aligning the chutes with offsets, as shown on drawing M21.1. Modifications shall also include replacement of existing vent lids above roof, as required by code. Work shall conform to requirements of the 2012 IBC and all other applicable codes and regulations. Coordinate modification work with Section 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants, which contains requirements for acoustic isolation of the chutes from the residential unit. END OF SECTION 91 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 21 — FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 21 0000 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM OVERVIEW General: The entire Penthouse unit shall be served by a Fire Suppression system, in accordance with the requirements of the 2012 IBC, and as approved by the Building Department and the Fire Marshal. The fire suppression system will be engineered prior to construction for coordination with MEP by the fire suppression contractor. The system will generally be an extension and modification of the existing fire suppression system, conforming to the specific requirements of the new floor plan areas. Submittal of complete Fire Suppression system design shall be required, at the earliest opportunity possible, but no later than 21 days after GC's authorization to proceed, in accordance with Section O1 3000 Administrative Requirements for both jurisdictional review and architectural and interior finish coordination. Additionally coordinate work of this Section with work of the following Sections: 1. 02 0100 Maintenance of Existing Conditions 2. 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 3. 05 4100 Cold Formed metal Framing 4. 07 0680 Schedules for Fire and Smoke Protection 5. 07 0690 Schedules for Joint Protection 6. 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing 7. 07 8400 Firestopping 8. 07 9219 Acoustic Joint Sealants 9. 09 2100 Plaster and Gypsum Board assemblies 10. 09 9000 Painting and Coating 11. Div 22 Plumbing 12. 28 1000 Electronic Safety and Security Additional General Information: Design, engineer, furnish and install a complete building "wet sprinkler", fire suppression system, complying with NFPA 13, as required by codes. The Design/Build Fire Protection Contractor shall be a Colorado licensed engineer and will be the Engineer of Record for this part of the Work. Detailed system layout and design calculations shall be submitted by GC to the building department & fire marshal, and written approval obtained before installation may begin. GC shall coordinate with related work, which includes installation and integration of required smoke detectors, alarms, and fire department communications. Complete system submittal of shop drawings, cut sheets and samples of exposed elements required. Only final locations of sprinkler heads may be deferred to design/build coordination in the field, subject to approval of the Fire marshal and Building Department. Design criteria for sprinkler heads: All sprinkler heads in occupied areas shall generally be concealed pendant (drop down) type, finished to match ceilings or walls. Exposed pendant and side wall types may be used if and where required in concealed spaces such as attic spaces. Installation: Verify all shop drawing and jurisdictional approvals prior to installation. Verify all required penetrations of existing or new structural members with structural engineer prior to cutting penetrations. Installation shall meet all code and jurisdictional requirements. Contractor shall repair and/or replace all work which does not pass inspections. END OF SECTION 92 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY BEAUDIN-GANZE CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. SECTION 22 4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES REFER TO INTERIOR DESIGN PLAN DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY WILSON ASSOCIATES FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. PART ONE: General: Fixtures and hardware will generally be as mfr by Kohler, Newport Brass, and others, as shown in the Plumbing Schedule on Interior Design drawing ID-0.1, and as approved by Owner. Three showers shall include steam generation units, as noted in Section 13 2000 Steam Baths. Submittals, per Section Ol 3000 Administrative Requirements shall include the following: 1. Description of all proposed work. 2. Cut sheets and/or samples as necessary for Owner selection and approval of all exposed fixtures, hardware styles and finishes not specified elsewhere. 3. Copies of all required inspections and testing reports. PART TWO: Products: General: Preliminary fixture schedule (by plan location) and plumbing fixture cut sheets are included in the Interior Design package Plumbing Schedule on drawing ID-0.1 of the Interior Design drawings. Toilets: All seats shall have "soft close" hinges and lever handle hardware. Roof Drains: Roof Drains shall be as noted on balcony details, drawing A53.1. All new drains shall discharge to downspouts, as noted. Downspouts typically discharge to existing roof and drainage areas. PART THREE: Execution: Employ only skilled and experienced journeyman plumbers, certified as required by the manufacturer(s) for installation of the work of this Section, who are familiar with the work. Detailed fixture submittals, including all required hardware and accessories, shall be prepared by an experienced full-service supplier with minimum 10 years experience in this type of project. Inspect all related conditions before commencing work, including all required clearances to related finishes, rough-ins and approved cabinetry and countertop shop drawings, and report any adverse conditions to Architect. Contractor shall be fully responsible for re-coordinating any changes required due to selection of alternate manufacturer after approval by Architect. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Section with associated mechanical & plumbing systems and with installation sequencing of surrounding and adjoining materials and shall provide for the protection of work of other trades as required. Inspect all plumbing fixtures and associated components for missing parts, installation instructions and proper operation and for damage free condition upon delivery and report any adverse conditions or damage. Properly handle to protect equipment, doors, frames, finishes and trim, and to prevent damage before, during and after installation. Follow all manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. After fixture installation, verify full function of all equipment, associated hardware, accessories and controls. Repair or replace at Architect's discretion any damaged or malfunctioning items and any items not passing required jurisdictional inspections. END OF SECTION 93 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 94 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 23 — HEATING. VENTILATING. AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) REFER TO HVAC DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY BEAUDIN-GANZE CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. DIVISION 25— INTEGRATED AUTOMATION THE FOLLOWING INTEGRATED AUTOMATION & CONTROLS DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED BY VIA / PARAGON TECHNOLOGY GROUP FOR REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. 95 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 25 1000 AUDIO/VIDEO AND INTEGRATED AUTOMATION PART ONE:General: Furnish and install Audio/Video and Integrated Control System according to Plans and Specifications. Low Voltage Contractor shall provide all prewire,installation,and programming required to complete the project requirements. The designated control system platform shall be Savant with Apple iPad mini's as the primary user interface throughout. Centralized design will keep cable/satellite boxes, amplifiers, and control equipment in a professional rack-mounted system head-end in the designated A/V Room with dedicated power and climate control. All audio and video output zones shall have independent source selection and volume control. Each video location shall have a Savant SUR-0500 handheld remote control with tactile buttons. Two (2) iPad Mini's should be provided for control in key areas(Kitchen/Dining/Living and Media Room,). Video Requirements: • 65" HD-LEDTV(Samsung UN8559VF or equivalent)—Media Room • 55" HD-LEDTV(Samsung UN65F9000AF or equivalent)—Master Bedroom, Living Room Game Area • 47" HD-LEDTV(Samsung UN55F9000AF or equivalent)—Guest Master Bedroom, Bedroom 4, Bedroom 5, • All locations will have access to independent Satellite or CATV,AppleTV,and BluRay Disc players. • HDMI distribution and control shall be accommodated with Savant system components. "Audio for Video" shall come from the TV speakers except for in the Media Room. Audio Requirements: • Install architectural speakers per plan. All in-ceiling speakers shall be Sonance VP66R with VP65Q square trim adapters. • Distributed audio switching and digital signal processing shall be accommodated with Savant system components. • Each distributed audio speaker shall have independent 125 watt digital amplification. • All locations will have access to Living Room AppleTV as an audio source and for "AirPlay°. One (1) SMS- 002A media server shall be provided for access to just one unique AppleID music collection and one account each for streaming services such as Pandora,Spotify,etc. • Media Room 7.1 surround audio system shall be comprised of high-quality LCR speaker-bar, in-ceiling surrounds,and one subwoofer below the TV. External subsystems that will need to be integrated: • Section TBD Climate Control (by others)—BACNET based DDC system interface via TCP/IP. Integration system shall provide control of heat/cool/fan modes and set-points, as well as occupied/unoccupied mode change. • Section TBD Lighting Control (by others) — direct Lutron/Vantage/Crestron lighting control system interface via serial RS232/485 or TCP/IP. Integration system shall provide control of lighting scenes and individual loads. • 12 2000 Window Coverings — direct Lutron QS control system interface via TCP/IP. Integration system shall provide control of individual and group control of motorized shades. • 28 1000 Security System Control—alarm system interface via serial RS232/485. Integration system shall provide keypad emulation control of the alarm system for arming/disarming,alarm status,etc. Required submittals include: 1. Demonstration and printed samples of Integration System GUI. 2. Samples sufficient for color and/or finish selection. 3. Manufacturer's product specifications. END OF SECTION AUDIO/VIDEO AND INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 25 1000 - 1 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 26— ELECTRICAL REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY BEAUDIN-GANZE CONSULTING ENGINEERS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. REFER TO LIGHTING DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY LEAX CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. Device boxes: Do not install electrical device boxes back to back. Isolate boxes on opposite sides of walls in separate stud bays and seal with acoustic batt, per Section 07 9219 Acoustic Sealants, wherever practical. SECTION 26 4113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART ONE: General: Section includes lightning protection for structures, structure elements, and building site components. Generally, all new roof areas will be provided with lightning protection matching design criteria of existing system. Extend, modify or replace parts of existing system as required to provide protection equivalent to current system. Installer Qualifications: Certified by LPI as a Master Installer/Designer, trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. System Certificate: UL Master Label. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 780, "Definitions" Article. PART TWO: Products: Lightning Protection System Components Comply with UL 96 and NFPA 780. Roof-Mounted Air Terminals: NFPA 780, Class I copper unless otherwise indicated. Main and Bonding Conductors: Copper. Ground Loop Conductor: The same size and type as the main conductor except tinned. PART THREE: Execution: Install lightning protection components and systems according to UL 96A and NFPA 780. Conceal the following conductors: System conductors. Down conductors. Interior conductors. Conductors within normal view of exterior locations at grade within 200 feet of building. Cable Connections: Use exothermic-welded connections for all conductor splices and connections between conductors and other components. Bond extremities of vertical metal bodies exceeding 60 feet in length to lightning protection components. Ground Loop: Install ground-level, potential equalization conductor and extend around the perimeter of structure area or item indicated. Do not combine materials that can form an electrolytic couple that will accelerate corrosion in the presence of moisture unless moisture is permanently excluded from junction of such materials. UL Inspection: Meet requirements to obtain a UL Master Label for system. END OF SECTION 97 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING REFER TO LIGHTING DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARED BY LEAX CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. REFER ALSO TO LIGHTING DOCUMENTATION OF LOAD SCHEDULES, CONTROL DEVICES AND FIXTURE CUT SHEETS, ATTACHED AT THE END OF THIS SPECI FICATION. END OF SECTION 98 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 27 — ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS THE FOLLOWING COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED BY VIA/ PARAGON TECHNOLOGY GROUP FOR REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. 99 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 27 1000 VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS PART ONE:General: Furnish and install Voice and Data Communication Systems according to Plans and Specifications. Low Voltage Contractor shall provide all prewire and infrastructure to allow extending of the hotel phone system into the unit. Separate from the hotel phone system, an intercom doorphone station shall be located in the hallway outside the unit which interfaces with the Savant iPad app for communication with arriving visitors. The designated data network system shall be comprised of no less than SMB or Enterprise class equipment. Combination Router and Firewall Securiy Appliance shall be Sonicwall TZ210 or equivalent. Wireless (WiFi) network shall be a commercial grade system of IEEE802.11a/b/g/n access points and wireless controller such capable of providing 100% interior coverage along with the patio areas. The network shall be configurable as a managed network for enhanced data security, reliability, and traffic management. External services connections: • ISP/Modem is anticipated to be Comcast business class cable modem. • Telephone service is anticipated to be 2 analog lines from CenturyLink. Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product specifications END OF SECTION VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS 27 1000 - 1 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 DIVISION 28— ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY THE FOLLOWING SECURITY AND ALARM SYSTEMS DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED BY VIA/ PARAGON TECHNOLOGY GROUP FOR REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION. 101 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 102 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 SECTION 281000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PART ONE:Existing Fire Alarm System Modification: Furnish and install required modification of the existing building fire alarm system according to Plans and Specifications. Electrical Contractor shall provide all prewire, installation,and programming required to complete the project requirements. Building Fire Alarm system shall be interconnected throughout the Penthouse unit in conformance with NFPA72 Fire Alarm Code and local requirements. This is expected to include smoke detectors, carbon monoxide detectors, heat detectors,sprinkler flow detection, pull stations,and required audible/visible notification appliances. Required submittals shall be provided by a NICET Level 3 Fire Alarm System Designer and shall include: 1. Modification Plans 2. Modification Power, Battery,and Voltage Drop Calculations 3. Manufacturers Specifications PART TWO: New Intrusion and Environmental Alarm System: Furnish and install a separate dedicated residential alarm system according to Plans and Specifications. Low Voltage Contractor shall provide all prewire,installation,and programming required to complete the project requirements. The designated alarm system platform shall be UTC NX-8e or equivalent. Remote Station monitoring shall be achieved via lP connection as primary with cellular backup. Notification shall be provided by a siren on each level. Detection devices shall be provided and located as follows: • Door contacts on all exterior doors,fire stair doors,and the main entry door from the hallway. • Motion detectors shall be installed at the Entry, Upper Stair Hall,and Living Room. • Low Temp Sensors shall be installed at Kitchen, Master Bath,Guest Master Bath,and Guest Baths 4 and 5. • Water Sensors shall be installed at every toilet and every wet appliance (clothes washers, dish washers, ice makers,etc.) Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product specifications PART THREE:Video Surveillance System: Furnish and install a digital video surveillance system according to Plans and Specifications. Low Voltage Contractor shall provide all prewire,installation,and programming required to complete the project requirements. The designated DVR platform shall be IC-Realtime or equivalent.,with configurable storage capacity for low-medium traffic for 3 month history and secure remote access capability. Interior cameras shall be 2 megapixel minimum and include IR illumination for operation in zero light. Exterior camera shall be low-light capable and 2 megapixel minimum. Interior cameras shall be provided and located as follows: • One integrated into the doorphone intercom station at hallway outside main entry. • One fixed dome camera inside the entry with a view of the main door. • One fixed dome camera in the Corridor outside the unit with a view of the main door. • One fixed dome camera in the east fire stairway that accesses the unit,facing the door. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 1000 - 1 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 One exterior Pan/Tilt/Zoom dome camera shall be mounted on the Master Balcony with a view of the mall and pool below and ski slopes. Required submittals include: 1. Manufacturer's product specifications END OF SECTION ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 1000 -2 The Sebastian - Permit Issue Vail Penthouse March 24, 2014 END OF SPECIFICATION FOR THE SEBASTIAN —VAIL PENTHOUSE - 21344.00 Permit Issue— March 24, 2014 ATTACH M ENTS: 1. COMcheck Mechanical Compliance Certificate & Inspection Checklist, dated March 24, 2014 Prepared by Beaudin-Ganze Consulting Engineers. 2. Lighting Documentation, including Load Schedules, Control Devices, and Fixture Cut Sheets, dated April 2, 2014, Prepared by Leax Control Systems. 103 COMcheck Software Version 3.9.3 Mechanical Compliance Certificate 2012 IECC Section 1 : Project Information Project Type:Addition Project Title : Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Vail,CO Section 2: General Information Building Location(for weather data): Vail,Colorado Climate Zone: 6b Section 3: Mechanical Systems List Quantitv Svstem Type&Description 1 A/V Cooling Unit(Single Zone): Cooling: 1 each-Split System,Capacity=24 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: None 1 FC-2(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil,Hot Water,Capacity= 12 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity= 13 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-3(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp Project Title: Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/14 Data filename:\\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian-Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Mech.cck Page 1 of 4 FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-4(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-5(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=7 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=7 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-6(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=6 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=6 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-7(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil,Hot Water,Capacity= 10 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity= 10 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp Project Title: Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/14 Data filename:\\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian-Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Mech.cck Page 2 of 4 FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-8(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=8 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-9(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=24 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=24 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-10(Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity= 102 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=36 kBtu/h, No Economizer, Economizer exception: Low Operating Hours No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp 1 FC-11 (Single Zone): Heating: 1 each-Hydronic or Steam Coil, Hot Water,Capacity=22 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each-Hydronic Coil,Capacity=22 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1 � Penthouse--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP method):Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply,Constant Volume,750 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp FAN 2 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 3 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 4 Supply,Constant Volume,460 CFM,0.2 motor nameplate hp FAN 5 Supply,Constant Volume,345 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 6 Supply,Constant Volume,600 CFM,0.3 motor nameplate hp Project Title: Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/14 Data filename:\\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian-Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Mech.cck Page 3 of 4 FAN 7 Supply,Constant Volume,500 CFM,0.1 motor nameplate hp FAN 8 Supply,Constant Volume, 1500 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 9 Supply,Constant Volume, 1900 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp FAN 10 Supply,Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans,specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2012 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version 3.9.3 and to comply with the mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist. Erin Pasold-Engineer � �� 03.24.14 Name-Title Signature Date Section 6: Post Construction Compliance Statement � HVAC record drawings of the actual installation and performance data for each equipment provided to the owner within 90 days after system acceptance. � HVAC O&M documents for al�mechanical equipment and system provided to the owner within 90 days after system acceptance. � Written HVAC balancing report provided to the owner. The above post construction requirements have been completed. Principal Mechanical Designer-Name Signature Date Project Title: Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/14 Data filename:\\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian-Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Mech.cck Page 4 of 4 COMcheck Software Version 3.9.3 Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2012 IECC Requirements: 92.0°/o were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 1 of 15 Mech.cck 2012 IECC Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions C103.2 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [PR2]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the mechanical ❑Not Observable systems and equipment and ❑Not Applicable document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Load calculations per acceptable engineering standards and handbooks. C406 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [PR9]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the additional energy �Not Observable efficiency package options. ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 2 of 15 Mech.cck 2012 IECC Footing / Foundation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions C403.2.4. Freeze protection and snow/ice ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 5 melting system sensors for future ❑Does Not [F09]3 connection to controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 3 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.2.3 HVAC equipment efficiency Efficiency: Efficiency: ❑Complies See the Mechanical systems list [ME55]z verified. ❑Does Not forvalues. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.5. Demand control ventilation ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1 provided for spaces >500 ft2 and �Does Not does not apply. [ME59]1 >25 people/1000 ft2 occupant density and served by systems ❑Not Observable with air side economizer, auto ❑Not Applicable modulating outside air damper control, or design airflow >3,000 cfm. C403.2.7 HVAC ducts and plenums R- R- ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME60]z insulated. Where ducts or ❑Does Not plenums are installed in or under a slab, verification may need to ❑Not Observable occur during Foundation ❑Not Applicable Inspection. C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may See the Mechanical5ystems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values foraNCooling Unit. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-2. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]2 Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-3. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under d slab, verifiCation may See the Mechanical5ystems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-4. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-5. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may See the n�lechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-6. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation for values for FC-7. Inspection. �Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verifiCation may See the Mechanical5ystems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-s. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]2 Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-g. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 4 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may See the Mechanical5ystems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-1o. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 HVAC piping insulation thickness. in. in. ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME61]z Where piping is installed in or ❑Does Not under a slab, verification may see the Mechanical systems list need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable for values for FC-I1. Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 Thermally ineffective panel ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME41]3 surfaces of sensible heating ❑Does Not does not apply. panels have insulation >= R-3.5. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.3.1. Total cooling capacity without ❑Complies Requirement will be met. a economizers must be less than ❑Does Not [null]° %varMaxKBtuPerH°/o. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.7 Ducts and plenums sealed based ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME10]z on static pressure and location. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOt AppllCdble for values forANCooling Unit. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not AppllCdble for values for FC-2. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-3. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in, water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-4. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in, water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-5. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in, water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-6. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in, water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-7. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not ObSerVdble See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-8. 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 5 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-9. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-10. C403.2.7. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement 1.3 column requires air leakage ❑Does Not does not apply. [ME11]3 testing. ❑Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-11. C403.3.1, Air economizers provided where ❑Complies Requirement will be met. C403.3.1. required, meet the requirements ❑Does Not 1 for design capacity, control See the Mechanical5ystems list [ME62]1 signal, ventilation controls, high- ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-1o. limit shut-off, integrated ❑Not Applicable economizer control, and provide a means to relieve excess outside air during operation. C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-2. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-3. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-4. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-5. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-6. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-7. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-8. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]� and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NOtObservable forvaluesforFC-9. ❑Not Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 6 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]z and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-10. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Three-pipe hydronic systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 using a common return for hot ❑Does Not [ME50]Z and chilled water are not used. See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-I1. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. Air outlets and zone terminal ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 devices have means for air ❑Does Not [ME53]3 balancing. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-2. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-3. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-4. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-5. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-6. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-7. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-8. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-9. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-1o. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. HVAC hydronic heating and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 cooling coils have means to ❑Does Not [ME54]3 balance and have pressure test See the Mechanical5ystems list connections. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-11. ❑Not Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 7 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial �Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values foraNCooling Unit. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable See the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-2. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]2 driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-3. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial �Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-4. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable See the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-s. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]2 driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-6. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-7. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-s. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]2 driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-9. demand. C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial ❑Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-10. demand. 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 8 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.4.2 VAV fan motors >=7.5 hp to be ❑ VSD ❑ VSD ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME66]z driven by variable speed drive, ❑ Vane axial ❑ Vane axial �Does Not does not apply. have a vane-axial fan with fan fan variable pitch blades, or have � Other ❑ Other ❑Not Observable see the Mechanical systems list controls to limit fan motor ❑Not Applicable for values for FC-11. demand. C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when other5 dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑Not Observable for values for FC-z. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when other5 dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑Not Observable for values for FC-3. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when other5 dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑Not Observable for values for FC-4. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0ilet'S when others dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-5. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when others are shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-6. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when others are shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-7. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when others are shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-8. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when others dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑NotObservable forvaluesforFC-9. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0ilet'S when others dre shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑Not Observable for values for FC-1o. ❑Not Applicable C403.4.3. Reduce flow in pumping systems ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 5 >10 hp to multiple chillers or ❑Does Not [ME26]3 b0iler5 when other5 are shut See the Mechanical Systems list down. ❑Not Observable for values for FC-11. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.6 Exhaust air energy recovery on ❑Complies [ME57]1 systems meeting Table C403.2.6 ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ONot Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 9 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-2. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject>6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-3. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60% of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-4. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-5. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-6. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60% of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-7. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-8. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-9. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 10 of 15 Mech.cck Section Mechanical Rough-In Plans Verified Field Verified � # Inspection Value Value Complies. Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-10. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject>6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.4.6 Condenser heat recovery system ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME31]3 that can heat water to 85 °F or ❑Does Not provide 60%of peak heat See the Mechanical5ystems list rejection is installed for ❑Not Observable forvalues forFC-11. preheating of service hot water in ❑Not Applicable 24/7 facility, water cooled systems reject >6 MMBtu, SHW load >=1 MMBtu. C403.2.11 Unenclosed spaces that are ❑Complies Exception: Requirement [ME71]z heated use only radiant heat. ❑Does Not does not apply. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limited to: <=240 ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [ME35]1 kBtu/h - 50% >240 kBtu/h - 25% ❑Does Not See the Mechanical5ystems list ❑Not Observdble for values forA/V Cooling Unit. ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 11 of 15 Mech.cck 20121ECC Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values forAN Cooling Unit. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-2. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical5ystems list for values for FC-3. per installed humidification/dehumidification �Not Applicabie system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-4. per installed humidification/dehumidification �Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical5ystems list for values for FC-5. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical5ystems list for values for FC-6. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-7. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-8. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device �Not Observable See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-9. per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Mlnlmum one humldity Control devlCe See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-10. per installed ❑Not Observable humidification/dehumidification �Not Applicable system. 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 12 of 15 Mech.cck 20121ECC Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-11. per installed ❑Not Observable humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Thermostatic controls have a 5 °F ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 deadband. ❑Does Not [F138]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Temperature controls have setpoint ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 overlap restrictions. ❑Does Not [F120]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Each zone equipped with setback ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 3 controls using automatic time clock or ❑Does Not [F139]3 programmable control system. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55°F ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 3 (heat) and 85°F (cool); 7-day clock, 2- ❑Does Not [F140]3 hour occupant override, 10-hour backup ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-2. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-3. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-4. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-5. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-6. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-7. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-8. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical5ystems list for values for FC-9. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 13 of 15 Mech.cck 20121ECC Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-10. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3.3 controls. ❑Does Not [F141]3 See the Mechanical Systems list for values for FC-11. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished HVAC as-built drawings ❑Complies 1 submitted within 90 days of system ❑Does Not [F17]3 acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.3,C4 Furnished O&M manuals for HVAC ❑Complies 08.2.5.2 systems within 90 days of system ❑Does Not [F18]3 acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. An air and/or hydronic system ❑Complies 3 balancing report is provided for HVAC ❑Does Not [F143]1 systems. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC control systems have been ❑Complies 2 tested to ensure proper operation, ❑Does Not [FI10]1 calibration and adjustment of controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.2 HVAC systems and equipment ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [F127]3 capacity does not exceed calculated ❑Does Not loads. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.1 Commissioning plan developed by ❑Complies [F128]1 registered design professional or ❑Does Not approved agency. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report ❑Complies [F129]1 completed and certified by registered ❑Does Not design professional or approved agency. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Final commissioning report due to ❑Complies 4 building owner within 90 days of ❑Does Not [F130]1 receipt of certificate of occupancy. �Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC equipment has been tested to ❑Complies 1 ensure proper operation. ❑Does Not [F131]1 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. Economizers have been tested to ❑Complies 3 ensure proper operation. ❑Does Not [F132]1 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C406 Efficient HVAC performance, efficient ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [F134]1 lighting system, or on-site supply of ❑Does Not renewable energy consistent with what is shown the approved plans. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report date: 03/24/1 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 14 of 15 Mech.cck Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Sebastian Penthouse Build Out Report 03/24/14 Data \\bece-rsnas\Data\BGProjects\9016.01 Sebastian - Vail Penthouse\Engineering\901601 Page 15 of 15 Mech.cck Sebastian Vail Penthouse Lighting Load Schedule 4l2/14 PANEL REF BREAKER Lower Level lighting Total Load DU1 DU1-48 Living Room 132 DU1 DU1-48 Kitchen 121 DU1 DU1-48 Balcony 300 DU1 DU1-50 Living Room 150 DU1 DU1-52 Dining Room 300 DU1 DU1-54 Living Room 594 DU1 DU1-54 Kitchen 600 DU1 DU1-56 Living Room 494 DU1 DU1-56 Kitchen 800 DU1 DU1-58 Stair Niche 132 DU1 DU1-58 Stair Hall 121 DU1 DU1-58 Stair 300 DU1 DU1-60 Dining 132 DU1 DU1-60 Stair Niche 600 DU1 DU1-60 ElectricCloset602 200 DU1 DU1-62 Ha11607 194 DU1 DU1-62 Powder608 333 DU1 DU1-62 Dress 612 300 DU1 DU1-62 A/V 619 400 DU1 DU1-64 Dress612 1600 DU1 DU1-66 Guest Master Bdrm 610 300 DU1 DU1-66 Ante 611 150 DU1 DU1-66 Guest Master Bath 613 427 DU1 DU1-66 GuestMasterW/C 615 33 DU1 DU1-68 Guest Master Bdrm 610 477 DU1 DU1-68 Guest Master Bath 613 450 DU1 DU1-70 Guest Master Bdrm 610 783 DU1 DU1-70 Library/Sitting617 66 DU1 DU1-72 Library Balcony 618 300 DU1 DU1-72 Library/Sitting617 600 DU1 DU1-72 Bath 620 300 DU1 DU1-74 Library/Sitting617 1000 DU1 DU1-74 Bath 620 244 DU1 DU1-76 Entry 501 366 DU1 DU1-76 Stair Hall 504 121 DU1 DU1-78 Entry501 110 DU1 DU1-78 WetBar502 622 DU1 DU1-80 Buest Bath 5 544 DU1 DU1-80 Media Room 503 538 DU1 DU1-82 Media Room 503 150 DU1 DU1-84 Buest Bedroom 5-517 894 DU1 DU1-84 GuestBedroom4-522 66 DU1 DU1-S6 Buest Bedroom 5-517 755 DU1 DU1-86 Hallway515 322 DU1 DU1-S8 GuestBedroom4-522 483 DU1 DU1-88 Balcony 527 300 DU1 DU1-88 Dressing 518 500 DU1 DU1-90 GuestBath4-523 516 DU1 DU1-90 Guest Baih 4 W/C 526 22 DU1 DU1-92 Bunkroom 520 655 DU1 DU1-92 Bunk Bath 521 244 DU1 DU1-94 Bunkroom 520 444 DU1 DU1-94 Bunk Bath 521 300 DU1 DU1-94 Stair Niche 400 DU1 DU1-96 Laundry 505 400 DU1 DU1-96 M.Bedroom 507 WetBar 200 DU1 DU1-96 M.Bedroom Hers 50S 800 DU1 DU1-98 M.Bedroom 507 776 DU1 DU1-100 M.Bedroom 507 694 DU1 DU1-100 MasterBalcony5514 450 DU1 DU1-102 M.Bedroom His 509 200 DU1 DU1-102 M.Bath 510 961 DU1 DU1-102 M.Bath Hers 513 22 DU1 DU1-102 M.Bath His 512 22 DU1 DU1-104 M.Bath 510 288 Sebastian Vail Penthouse Lighting Load Schedule 4l2/14 PANEL REF BREAKER Lower Level lighting Total Load TOTAL ESTIMATED LIGHTING LOAD 26098 Crestron DIN-AP3MEX D I N Rail 3-Series° Automation Processor with i nfi N ET E�X° Operations & Installation Guide _ �� CR I�N� C� Regulatory Compliance This product is Listed to applicable UL Standards and requirements by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. C UL US As of the date of manufacture, the DIN-AP3MEX has been tested and found to corr�ply with specifications for CE marking and standards per EMC and Radiocommunications Compliance Labclling. CE C Federal Communications Commission(FCC)Compliance Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful interference and(2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. CAUTlON: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with Che limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause hartnful interference to radio communications. However,there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on,the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one ar more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help Regulatory Compliance (Continued) Industry Canada(IC)Compliance Statement This device complies with Industry Canada licencc-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference,and(2)this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause undesired operation of'the device. Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum(or lesser)gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users,the antenna Cype and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power(e.i.r.p.)is not more than that necessary for successful communication. This radio transmitter,IC: 5683C-CWD6660,has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list,having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type,are strictly prohibited for use with this device. Antenna Type: Dipole,Maximum permissible antenna gain: 2.5 dBi,Impedance: 50 Ohms Industrie Canada(IC)Declaration de conformite Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisee aux deux conditions suivantes : (1)1'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et(2)1'utilisateur de 1'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,meme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Conformement a la reglementation d'Industrie Canada,le present emetteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal(ou inferieur)approuve pour 1'emetteur par Industrie Canada. Dans le but de reduire les risques de brouillage radioelectrique a 1'intention des autres utilisateurs,il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonnee equivalente(p.i.r.e.)ne depasse pas 1'intensite necessaire a 1'etablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. Le present emetteur radio,IC: 5683GCWD6660,a ete approuve par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne emm�eres ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et 1'impedance requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste,ou dont le gain est superietu-au gain maximal indique, sont strictement interdits pour 1'exploitation de I'emetteur. Type d'antenne: Dipole, Gain admissible maximal: 2.5 dBi, Impedance: 50 Ohms To satisfy RF exposure requirements,this device and its antenna must operate with a separation distance of at least 20 centimeters from all persons and must not be colocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmittEr. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed at patents.crestron.com. Crestron, the Crestron logo,3-Series,3-Series Control System,Cresnet,Crestron Control,Crestron Fusion, Crestron Green Light, Crestron Mobile Pro,Crestron Studio,Crestron Toolbox,e-Control,Fusion EM,Fusion RV,infiNET EX, RoomView, and Smart Graphics are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics,Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.BACnet is either a trademark or registered trademark oFAmerican Society of Heating,Refigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers,Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.Apple,iPad, and iPhone are either trademarks or registered ti-ademarks of Apple Ine.in the United States and/or other countries.IOS is either a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco Technology,Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Android is either a trademark or registered�-ademark of Google,Ine.in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Internet Explorer, and Windows are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States andlor other countries. Samsung Smart TV is either a trademark or registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.In the United Stated and/or other countries. SD and SDHC are either trademarks or registered trademarks of SD-3C,LLC in the United States and/or other countries. UL and the UL logo are either trademarks or registered trademarlcs of Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.in the United States and/or other countries. Other trademarks,registered trademarlcs, and trade names may be used in this document to refer to eiYher the entities claiming the marlcs and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible for errors in tvpography or photography. This document was written by the Technical Publications deparhnent at Crestron. 002013 Crestron Electronics,Ine. Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Contents DIN Rail 3-Series Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX 1 Introduction...............................................................................................................................1 Featuresand Functions................................................................................................l DINRail Mounting......................................................................................................2 3-Series Control Systems ............................................................................................3 Modular Programming Architecture ...........................................................................3 Robust Ethernet and IP Control...................................................................................3 ControlApps and XPane1............................................................................................4 Crestron Fusion Enterprise Management....................................................................4 SNMPSupport............................................................................................................4 infiNET EX Wireless Control .....................................................................................4 Cresnet.........................................................................................................................5 BACnet/IP...................................................................................................................5 Specifications..............................................................................................................6 PhysicalDescription..................................................................................................10 Setup........................................................................................................................................14 NetworkWiring.........................................................................................................14 IdentityCode.............................................................................................................14 lnstallation.................................................................................................................14 HardwareHookup.....................................................................................................15 AdditionalConfiguration...........................................................................................16 Uploadingand Upgrading........................................................................................................17 Establishing Communication.....................................................................................17 Programs and Firmware............................................................................................19 Configurefor Operations.........................................................................................................20 SetDate and Time.....................................................................................................20 Online Configuration.................................................................................................20 ProblemSolving......................................................................................................................23 Troubleshooting.........................................................................................................23 CheckNetwork Wiring..............................................................................................25 ReferenceDocuments................................................................................................27 FurtherInquiries........................................................................................................27 FutureUpdates..........................................................................................................27 Returnand Warranty Policies..................................................................................................28 Merchandise Returns/Repair Service......................................................................28 Crestron Limited Warranty........................................................................................28 Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Contents • i Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX DIN Rail 3-Series Automation Processor: DIN -AP3MEX Introduction The Crestron° DIN-AP3MEX is a 3-Series Control System° designed for DIN rail mounting applications. Built-in infiNET EX° wireless technology makes the DIN-AP3MEX ideal for all types of lighting, shading, AV, and climate control applications wherever a reliable wireless control solution is preferred. Wired Cresnet° and Ethernet communication are also supported. Featuring the 3-Series° control engine, the DIN-AP3MEX forms the core of any modern networked home or commercial building, managing and integrating all the disparate technologies throughout the facility to make life easier, greener, more productive, and more enjoyable. Features and Functions � Next generation control system � • 3-Series Control Engine—substantially faster and more powerful than other control systems • Exclusive modular programming architecture • Onboard 256 MB RAM and 2 GB Flash memory • Memory card slot • Integrated infiNET EX wireless gateway • Industry-standard Ethernet and Cresnet wired communications (Continued on following page) Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 1 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Features and Functions (Continued) • iPhone°, iPad°, AndroidTM, and Samsung Smart TV° control app support • Crestron FusionTM Enterprise Management Software support • SNMP support • Native BACnet°/IP supportl • Installer setup via Crestron ToolboxTM or Internet ExplorerO2 • Backwards compatible to run existing SIMPL programs • Full Unicode (multilanguage) support • Increased network throughput and security • Secure access though Active Directory integration or standalone account management • Hardware level security using 802.1x authentication • IIS v.6.0 web server • IPv6 ready • Front panel USB computer console port • 9M wide DIN rail mountable • XPanel with Smart GraphicsTM computer and web-based control DIN Rail Mounting The DIN-AP3MEX is designed to snap onto a standard DIN rail for installation in a wall mount enclosure3 (Crestron DIN-EN series—sold separately—or similar) or on a wall panel. DIN rail mounting affords a very space-efficient, cost-effective, and modular solution for configuring complete automation systems using the DIN-AP3MEX along with additional Crestron and third-party DIN rail mountable devices. L License required. The DIN-AP3MEX supports a maximum of 500 BACnet objects when dedicated for BACnet use only. Actual capabilities are contin�ent upon the overall program size and complexity. 2. Web-based installer setup requires the Microsoft�' Internet Explorer web browser running on a Windows�PC. 3. Use of an Antenna Extender (ANT-EXT—sold separately) is advised when mounting the DiN-AP3MEX in an enclosure. 2 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide– DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX 3-Series Control Systems Today's commercial buildings and custom homes comprise more technology than ever before, and all these systems need to be networked, managed, and controlled in fundamentally new ways. The IP-based 3-Series platform is engineered from the ground up to deliver a network- grade server appliance capable of faithfully handling everything from lighting and AV system control to total building management. The 3-Series Control System embodies a distinctively robust, dynamic, and secure platform to elevate the system designs to higher levels of performance and reliability. Compared to other control systems, Crestron 3-Series provides a pronounced increase in processing power and speed with more memory, rock solid networking and IP control, and a unique modular programming architecture. Modular Programming Architecture Designed for enhanced scalability, the DIN-AP3MEX affords high- speed, real-time multitasking to seamlessly run multiple programs simultaneously. This exclusive programming architecture lets programmers independently develop and run device-specific programs for lighting, shades, HVAC, security, AV, etc., allowing for the optimization of each program, and allowing changes to be made to one program without affecting the whole. Even as the system grows, processing resources can easily be shifted from one 3-Series processor to another without rewriting any code. The end benefit is dramatically simplified upgradability with minimal downtime, whether implementing changes on site or remotely via the network. Robust Ethernet and IP Control IP technology is the heart of the 3-Series, so it should be no surprise that its networking abilities are second to none. High-speed Ethernet connectivity enables intiegration with IP-controllable devices and allows the DIN-AP3MEX to be part of a larger managed control network. Whether residing on a sensitive corporate LAN, a home network, or accessing the Internet through a cable modem, the DIN-AP3MEX provides secure, reliable interconnectivity with IP-enabled touch screens, computers, mobile devices, video displays, media servers, security systems, lighting, HVAC, and other equipment—whether on premises or across the globe. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 3 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Control Apps and XPanel Years ago, Crestron pioneered the world's first IP-based control system unleashing vast new possibilities for controlling, monitoring, and managing integrated systems over a LAN, WAN, and the Internet. Today, Crestron offers more ways than ever to control the world in any way. Using a computer, smartphone, tablet, or Smart TV, Crestron allows control of anything in the hoine or workplace from anywhere in the world. Native to every 3-Series control system, Crestron XPanel technology transforms any laptop or desktop computer into a virtual Crestron touch screen. Crestron control apps deliver the Crestron touch screen experience to iPhone, iPad, and Android devices, allowing safe monitoring and control of the entire residence or commercial facility using the one device that goes everywhere. Even Samsung Smart TV° has a Crestron control app available. Crestron Fusion Enterprise Management Crestron Fusion provides an integrated platform for creating truly smart buildings that save energy, enhance worker productivity, and prolong the life-span of valuable equipment. As part of a complete managed network in a corporate enterprise, college campus, convention center or any other facility, the DIN-AP3MEX works integrally with Fusion RV� Remote Asset Management Software to enable remote scheduling, monitoring, and control of rooms and technology from a central help desk. Fusion EMTM Energy Management Software enables organizations to reduce energy consumption by tracicing real-time usage and automating control of lighting, shades, and HVAC. SNMP Support Built-in SNMP support enables integration with third-party IT management software, allowing network administrators to manage and control Crestron systems on the network in an IT-friendly format. infiNET EX Wireless Control Integrated infiNET EX technology provides an extremely easy and cost- effective way to add control of lighting, shades, room temperature, and other functions using our complete line of infiNET EX based wireless 4 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX products. Perfect for existing structures and rentals, infiNET EX affords ultra-reliable 2-way wireless communications throughout the home without the need for physical control wiring. Cresnet Cresnet provides a dependable network wiring solution for Crestron keypads, lighting controls, thermostats, and other devices that do not require the higher speed of Ethernet or the wireless communication of infiNET EX. The Cresnet bus offers easy wiring and configuration, carrying bidirectional communication and 24 Vdc power to each device over a simple 4-conductor cable. To assist with troubleshooting, the DIN-AP3MEX includes Crestron's patent-pending Network Analyzer which continuously inonitors the integrity of the Cresnet network for wiring faults, marginal performance, and other errors. The DIN-AP3MEX includes a pair of Cresnet master ports (paralleled) capable of supporting approximately 20 typical devices. Larger systems with more than 20 devices can be handled by adding the DIN-HUB Cresnet Distribution Hub (sold separately). Connectivity for multiple homeruns can be facilitated using one or more DIN-BLOCK Cresnet Distribution Blocks (sold separately). Additionally, at least one DIN-PWS50 Cresnet Power Supply (sold separately) is required to power the DIN-AP3MEX and any connected Cresnet devices. BACnet/IP Native support for the BACnet/IP communication protocol provides a direct interface to third-party building management systems over Ethernet, simplifying integration with HVAC, security, fire and life safety, voice and data, lighting, shades, and other systems. Using BACnet/IP, each system runs independently with the ability to communicate together on one platform for a truly smart building.* * License required. The DIN-AP3MEX supports a maximum of 500 BACnet objects when dedicated for BACnet use only. Actual capabilities are contingent upon the overall program size and complexity. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 5 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Specifications Specifications for the DIN-AP3MEX are listed in the following table. DIN-AP3MEX Specifications SPECIFICATION DETAILS Control Engine 3-Series; real-time, preemptive multi-threaded/multitasking kernel; Transaction-Safe Extended FAT file system; supports up to 10 simultaneously running programs Memory DDR3 SDRAM 256 MB Flash 2 GB Memory Card Supports SDT"' and SDHCT"" cards up to 32 GB (not supplied) Wired Communications Ethernet 10/100 Mbps; auto-switching; auto- negotiating; auto-discovery; full/half duplex; industry-standard TCP/IP stack; UDP/IP; CIP; DHCP; SSL; IEEE 802.1X; SNMP; BACnet/IP;' IPv4 or IPv6; Active Directory authentication; IIS v.6.0 web server; SMTP email client; installer setup via Crestron Toolbox or MSIE2 Cresnet Cresnet master mode USB Supports computer console via front panel USB 2.0 device port (Continued on following page) 6 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX DIN-AP3MEX Specifications (Continued) SPECIFICATION DETAILS Wireless Communications RF Transceiver infiNET EX 2-way RF, 2.4 GHz ISM Channels 11-26 (2400 to 2483.5 MHz), default channel 15; IEEE 802.15.4 compliant Range (typical) 150 feet (46 meters ) indoor, 250 feet (77 meters) outdoor, subject to site-specific conditions3 Device Support Maximum 100 infiNET EX devices (inclusive of a total of 6 MTX-3 or MLX-3 remotes) and 5 infiNET EX expanders (model CLW-EXPEX or GLA-EXPEX) Power Requirements Cresnet Power Usage 8 watts (0.33 amps @ 24 volts dc) Default Net ID 02 Environmental Installation Location Indoor use only Temperature 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C) Humidity 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation 26 Btu/h Enclosure Light gray polycarbonate housing with polycarbonate label overlay, UL94 V-0 rated, 35 mm DIN EN 60715 rail mount, DIN 43880 form factor for enclosures with 45 mm front panel cutout, occupies 9 DIN module spaces (162 mm) (Continued on following page) Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 7 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX DIN-AP3MEX Specifications (Continued) SPECIFICATION DETAILS Dimensions Height 3.72 in (95 mm) Width 6.28 in (160 mm) Depth 2.29 in (59 mm) Weight 10 oz (277 kg) Available Accessories 3-Series BACnet/IP 3-Series Native BACnet/IP License Support ANT-EXT Antenna Extender CLW-EXPEX infiNET EX Wireless Expander Crestron App Control App for Apple° iOS° Crestron Mobile Pro° Control App for iPhone, iPad, and Android Devices Crestron App for Control App for Samsung Smart Samsung Smart TV TV CSP-LIR-USB IR Learner DIN-EN Enclosures for DIN Rail Devices DIN-Series DIN Rail Modules Fusion EM Energy Management Software Fusion RV Remote Asset Management Software GLA-EXPEX Crestron Green Light° Wireless Expander for infiNET EX Networks (Continued on following page) 8 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX DIN-AP3MEX Specifications (Continued) SPECIFICATION DETAILS Available Accessories (Continued) INET-IOEX-IRCOM infiNET EX Wireless IR/RS-232 Control Module INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Relay/Digital Input Control Module myCRESTRON Dynamic DNS Service for Crestron systems RoomView° Express Remote Help Desk and Resource Management Software XPANEL Crestron Control° for Computers 1. License required. The DIN-AP3MEX support a maximum of 500 BACnet objects when dedicated for BACnet use only. Actual capabilities are contingent upon the overall program size and complexity 2. Web-based installer setup requires the Microsoft Internet Explorer web browser running on a Windows PC. 3. The effective ran�e of the entire wireless network is extended based on the placement and capabilities of each network device. Consult the specifications for each wireless network device to verify wireless capabilities and limitations. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 9 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Physical Description This section provides information on the connections, controls, and indicators available on the DIN-AP3MEX. DIN-AP3MEX Physical View � ,,,. ��: ■ `. +.� ir i�iui�iiiiuuii�ii�i I _ � � ar i ���� ����� � DIN-AP3MEX Overall Dimensions (Fr�ont View) 1 2 (3 4 5� 6 � , , � �� . �� �L� b� ��) �ti �� ��p� 3.72 i n �a�� o� p�� � 3.56 i n oo�pp��,� �� ��„�� - (91 mm) (95 mm) �_��� o� p�.� o O o 414�u �u`A��NI pG�m��G'GI � �� b � �� � � � I_ ,... ���� ���� �.� � '8 9 10 �11 10 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX DIN-AP3MEX Overall Dimensions (Bottom View) �2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ��� 2.29 in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - (59 mm) �Il _ �� 6.28 in .� � (160 mm) � DIN-AP3MEX Physical Dr�awing (Top View) � � �( II � ,_ - O 0 0 0 �`� o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 � o 0 0 0 , -- 13 DIN-AP3MEX Physical Drawing (Side View) � Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 11 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Connectors, Cont�ols, and Indicators # CONNECTORS,* DESCRIPTION CONTROLS, AND INDICATORS 1 PWR LED Dual-color green/amber LED, indicates operating power supplied from Cresnet network or power supply, turns amber while booting and green when operating 2 NET LED Amber LED indicates communication with the Cresnet system 3 Ground Captive screw terminal, chassis ground lug 4 HW-R Button Recessed miniature push button for hardware reset 5 SW-R Button Recessed miniature push button for software reset (restarts the SIMPL program) 6 Antenna Connection for supplied antenna or antenna extender 7 NET — 24 Y Z G (2) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable � v z� c� �s v � � terminal blocks, paralleled; ����� ���U� Cresnet port and 24 volt dc power input Cresnet master port 24: Power (24 Vdc) Y: Data Z: Data G: Ground 8 MSG LED Red LED indicates processor has generated an error message (Continued on following page) 12 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Connectors, Controls, and Indicators (Continued) # CONNECTORS,* DESCRIPTION CONTROLS, AN D INDICATORS 9 ACQUIRE Recessed push button with red LED used to set up connections with wireless devices 10 ACTIVITY Red LED indicates wireless communications 11 COMPUTER (1 ) USB Type B female, USB Pin 2 Pin 1 2.0 computer console port �� (6 foot cable included); _r �- For setup only Pin 3 Pin 4 p�N DESCRIPTION 1 +5 Vdc 2 Data - � 3 Data + 4 Ground 12 LAN (1 ) 8-wire RJ-45 with 2 LED Pin 1 Pin 8 indicators, � ii� � 10 BAS E-T / 100 BAS E-TX Ethernet port; Green LED indicates link Green Amber LED LED StatUS, Amber LED indicates activity PIN SIGNAL PIN SIGNAL 1 TX + 5 N/C 2 TX - 6 RX - 3 RX + 7 N/C 4 N/C 8 N/C 13 MEMORY (1 ) SD memory card slot; � Accepts one SD or SDHC card up to 32 GB for memory expansion (SD memory card not included) * Interface connectors for the NET ports are provided with the unit. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 13 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Setu p Network Wiring When wiring the Cresnet/Ethernet network, consider the following: • Use Crestron Certified Wire. • Use Crestron power supplies for Crestron equipment. • Provide sufficient power to the system. CAUTION: Insufficient power can lead to unpredictable results or damage to the equipment. Use the Crestron Power Calculator to help calculate how much power is needed for the system (www.crestron.com/calculators). For networks with 20 or more devices, use a Cresnet Hub/Repeater (DIN-HUB, sold separately) to maintain signal quality. For more details, refer to "Check Network Wiring" on page 25. For general information on connecting Ethernet devices in a Crestron system, refer to the Crestron e-Control° Reference Guide (Doc. 6052) at www.crestron.com/manuals. Identity Code NOTE: The latest software can be downloaded at www.crestron.com/software. Net ID The Net ID of the DIN-AP3MEX has been factory set to 02. The Net ID is defined as the "Master" control system on the Cresnet network and cannot be changed. IP ID The IP ID is set within the DIN-AP3MEX's IP table using Crestron Toolbox. For information on setting an IP table, refer to the Crestron Toolbox help file. Installation The DIN-AP3MEX should be used in a well-ventilated area. The venting holes should not be obstructed under any circumstances. 14 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX To prevent overheating, do not operate this product in an area that exceeds the environmental temperature range listed in the table of specifications. Consider using forced air ventilation to reduce overheating. Consideration must be given if installed in a closed or multi- unit rack assembly since the operating ambient temperature of the environment may be greater than the room ambient temperature. Contact with thermal insulating materials should be avoided on all sides of the unit. Hardware Hookup Make the necessary connections as called out in the illustrations that follow. Refer to "Network Wiring" on page 14 before attaching the 4-position terminal block connectors. Apply power after all connections have been made. When making connections to the DIN-AP3MEX, note the following: • Use Crestron power supplies for Crestron equipment. • The included cable cannot be extended. Hardware Connections fo� the DIN-AP3MEX(F�ont View) � �_ � � �_, � 6❑ ) �� ���� O P uri� �W"iG'�RUfi�TeL� �Q�����] O GIC�if O MVWryG3 . � D�G�9�C^_1L�31�[�E3 I��NAWC� G`.F�'iep��/�ry,-iS7 �-���� 0��5� ���� O O O ����������� �� �,� , � �� rs � �� - —, C�C�C�C� �����C7I � � NET (24 Y Z G): COMPUTER: To Any Cresnet To Computer Console Network Device Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 15 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Ha�dwa�e Connections for the DIN-AP3MEX(Bottom View) LAN: 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet to LAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p 111�11�IiDil: II'�!, O O C O O O O O � -. � I . .. . . � , ��. Ha�dwar�e Connections for� the DIN-AP3MEX(Top View) I � � � 00 0 0 0 � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -����-�� o 0 0 0 • MEMORY: For SD Card NOTE: Ensure the unit is properly grounded by connecting the chassis ground lug to an earth ground (building steel). NOTE: To prevent overheating, do not operate this product in an area that exceeds the environmental temperature range listed in the table of specifications. Additional Configuration The DIN-AP3MEX can be configured from a web browser. For details, refer to "Online Configuration" on page 20. 16 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Uploading and Upgrading Crestron recommends using the latest programming software and that each device contains the latest firmware to take advantage of the most recently released features. However, before attempting to upload or upgrade it is necessary to establish communication. Once communication has been established, files (for example, programs or firmware) can be transferred to the control system (or device). Finally, program checks can be performed (such as changing the device ID or creating an IP table) to ensure proper functioning. NOTE: Crestron software and any files on the website are for authorized Crestron dealers and Crestron Service Providers (CSPs) only. New users must register to obtain access to certain areas of the site (including the FTP site). Establishing Communication Use Crestron Toolbox for communicating with the DIN-AP3MEX; refer to the Crestron Toolbox help file for details. There are two methods of communication: USB and TCP/IP. USB NOTE: Required for initial setup of Ethernet parameters. NOTE: Required for loading projects and firmware. IISB Communication DIN-AP3MEX� USB � � � � � P(Running Crestron Toolbox The COMPUTER port on the DIN-AP3MEX connects to the USB port on the PC via the included Type A to Type B USB cable: 1. Click Tools � System Info. 2. Click the � icon. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 17 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX 3. For Connection Type, select USB. When multiple USB devices are connected, identify the DIN-AP3MEX by entering "DIN-AP3MEX" in the Model text box, the unit's serial number in the Se�ial text box, or the unit's hostname (if known) in the Hostname text box. 4. Click OK. Communications are confinned when the device information is displayed. TCP/IP Ethernet Communication DIN-AP3MEX �� 1 � �� � � � PC Running Crestron Toolbox The DIN-AP3MEX connects to PC via Ethernet: 1. Use the Device Discovery Tool (click the � icon) in Crestron Toolbox to detect all Ethernet devices on the network and their IP configuration. The tool is available in Toolbox version 1.15.143 or later. 2. Click on the DIN-AP3MEX to display information about the device. 18 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Programs and Firmware Program or firmware files may be distributed from programmers to installers or from Crestron to dealers. Firmware upgrades are available from the Crestron website as new features are developed after product releases. One has the option to upload programs via the programming software or to upload and upgrade via the Crestron Toolbox. For details on uploading and upgrading, refer to the Crestron StudioTM help file, SIMPL Windows help file, or the Crestron Toolbox help file. Crestron If a Crestron Studio (or SIMPL Windows) program is provided, it can be Studio / uploaded to the control system using Crestron Studio (or SIMPL SIMPL Windows) or Crestron Toolbox. Windows Firmware Check the Crestron website to fnd the latest firmware. (New users must register to obtain access to certain areas of the site, including the FTP site.) Upgrade DIN-AP3MEX firmware via Crestron Toolbox. 1. Establish communication with the DIN-AP3MEX and display the "System Info" window. 2. Select Functions � Firmware... to upgrade the DIN-AP3MEX firmware. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 19 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Configure for Operations Before setting up the DIN-AP3MEX, the time and time zone need to be set. The DIN-AP3MEX can also be further configured using a web browser. Set Date and Time 1. Establish communication with the DIN-AP3MEX as described in "Establishing Communication" on page 17. 2. In Crestron Toolbox, select Functions � System Clock.... 3. Set the date and time. Online Configuration The DIN-AP3MEX can be configured using the built-in web-based setup tool. 1. Using Internet Explorer, navigate to http://xxx.xx.xx.xxx/setup where xxx.xx.xx.xxx is the IP address of the control system. NOTE: The web-based setup tool is only accessible from Internet Explorer. NOTE: If a security warning is displayed, click Install to continue. The control system's splash screen is displayed. 20 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Splash Screen - � . . �; fii�iili� �� ,• ...�.� - . � 2. Click Setup to display the "DIN-AP3MEX Setup" menu. "DIN-AP3MEX Setup"Menu � ■ ' � � .. � f � � '� i� ' �� � � � - _...... ....��. . _.6.`... ... / ' / � . f i • �• The "DIN-AP3MEX Setup" menu displays the IP address, hostname, and MAC address of the device. It also allows access to various setup and programming screens. The "DIN-AP3MEX Setup" menu contains buttons for Ethernet Setup, Application Setup, Diagnostics, and About, as shown in the illustration above. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 21 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX 3. Click one of the following options: • Ethernet Setup — Configures the DIN-AP3MEX's Ethernet settings and displays DHCP, hostname, IP address, subnet mask, default router, domain, and MAC address settings. � Click Advanced Settings to specify DNS servers, web server settings, and SSL settings. � Click MyCrestron Dynamic DNS to configure the myCrestron.com Dynamic DNS service. � Click Ethernet Diagnostics to test Ethernet communications. � Click Reboot to reboot the DIN-AP3MEX. • Application Setup — Selects programs to be loaded on startup and controls which program(s) are running. • Input/Output Control — Configures the COM ports, operates the relays, and monitors the Versiports. • Diagnostics — Displays information about the connected devices, hardware configuration, and error logs. • About — Displays firmware information. 4. Click the e icon to return to the previous screen. 22 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Problem Solving Troubleshooting The following table provides corrective action for possible trouble situations. If further assistance is required, please contact a Crestron customer service representative. DIN-AP3MEX T�oubleshooting TROUBLE POSSIBLE CORRECTIVE CAUSE(S) ACTION Device does not Device is not Use Crestron Toolbox function. communicating to poll the network. with the network. Verify network connection to the device. Device is not Use the provided receiving power Crestron power from a Crestron source. Verify power source. connections. Device is not Use the Crestron receiving sufficient Power Calculator to power. help calculate how much power is needed for the system. MSG LED Hardware or Verify that hardware illuminates. software failure. configuration matches software configuration. Use Crestron Toolbox to display the error log. (Continued on following page) Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 23 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX DIN-AP3MEX T�oubleshooting (Continued) TROUBLE POSSIBLE CORRECTIVE CAUSE(S) ACTION Compilation Poor analog Confirm properly error versus serial defined signal RLCMCVT166 signal definition in definition in the and the SIMPL program. RLCMCVT177. Windows program. System locks Various. Hold down SW-R up. button on control system front panel to bypass program and communicate directly with processor. Refer to "Troubleshooting Communications" in the Crestron 3-Series Control System Reference Guide (Doc. 7150) at www.crestron.com/ manuals for more details. Cresnet device Device not wired Verify Cresnet wiring. does not correctly. respond. Improper NET ID Verify that device ID used. matches NET ID in the program. Loss of Improper Check that all ground functionality due grounding. connections have to electrostatic been made properly. discharge. (Continued on following page) 24 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX DIN-AP3MEX T�oubleshooting (Continued) TROUBLE POSSIBLE CORRECTIVE CAUSE(S) ACTION A/V system IRP2 or serial port Verify placement of device does not not placed I RP2 (hold phosphor respond. properly. card under IRP2 while pressing button) and tighten serial cables. Used wrong Verify that proper IR IR/serial port. or serial port is defined. Serial cable not Verify that serial cable wired correctly. is wired correctly for RS-232, -422, and -485. Device is not User the Crestron receiving sufficient Power Calculator to power. help calculate how much power is needed for the system. Check Network Wiring Use the To ensure optimum performance over the full range of the installation Right Wir'e topology, use Crestron Certified Wire only. Failure to do so may incur additional charges if support is required to identify performance deficiencies because of using improper wire. CalCUlate CAUTION: Use only Crestron power supplies for Crestron equipment. Power Failure to do so could cause equipment damage or void the Crestron warranty. CAUTION: Provide sufficient power to the system. Insufficient power can lead to unpredictable results or damage to the equipment. Use the Crestron Power Calculator to help calculate how much power is needed for the system (www.crestron.com/calculators). Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 25 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX When calculating the length of wire for a particular Cresnet run, the wire gauge and the Cresnet power usage of each networlc unit to be connected must be talcen into consideration. Use Crestron Certified Wire only. If Cresnet units are to be daisy chained on the run, the Cresnet power usage of each network unit to be daisy chained must be added together to determine the Cresnet power usage of the entire chain. If the unit is run from a Crestron system power supply network port, the Cresnet power usage of that unit is the Cresnet power usage of the entire run. The wire gauge and the Cresnet power usage of the run should be used in the following equation to calculate the cable length value on the equation's left side. Cable Length Equation Where: L = Length of run (or chain) in feet L � 40,0�� R = 6 Ohms (Crestron Certified Wire: 18 AWG (0.75 mmz)) fZ X P or 1.6 Ohms (Cresnet HP: 12 AWG (4 mm2)) P = Cresnet power usage of entire run (or chain) Make sure the cable length value is less than the value calculated on the right side of the equation. For example, a Cresnet run using 18 AWG Crestron Certified Wire and drawing 20 watts should not have a length of run more than 333 feet (101 meters). If Cresnet HP is used for the same run, its length could extend to 1250 feet (381 meters). NOTE: All Crestron certified Cresnet wiring must consist of two twisted pairs. One twisted pair is the 24 and G pair and the other twisted pair is the Y and Z pair. Strip and Tin When daisy chaining Cresnet units, strip the ends of the wires carefully Wire to avoid nicking the conductors. Twist together the ends of the wires that share a pin on the network connector and tin the twisted connection. Apply solder only to the ends of the twisted wires. Avoid tinning too far up the wires or the end becomes brittle. Insert the tinned connection into tihe Cresnet connector and tighten the retaining screw. Repeat the procedure for the other three conductors. Add Hubs Use of a Cresnet Hub/Repeater (DIN-HUB) is advised whenever the number of Cresnet devices on a network exceeds 20 or when the combined total length of Cresnet cable exceeds 3000 feet (914 meters). 26 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX Reference Documents All documents mentioned in this guide are available from the Crestron website. List of Related Reference Documents DOCUMENT TITLE 3-Series Control Systems Reference Guide Crestron e-Control Reference Guide Further Inquiries To locate specific information or resolve questions after reviewing this guide, contact Crestron's True Blue Support at 1-888-CRESTRON [1-888-273-7876] or, for assistance within a particular geographic region, refer to the listing of Crestron worldwide offices at www.crestron.com/offices. To post a question about Crestron products, log onto Crestron's Online Help at www.crestron.com/onlinehelp. First-time users must establish a user account to fully benefit from all available features. Future Updates As Crestron improves functions, adds new features and extends the capabilities of the DIN-AP3MEX, additional information may be made available as manual updates. These updates are solely electronic and serve as intermediary supplements prior to the release of a complete technical documentation revision. Check the Crestron website periodically for manual update availability and its relevance. Updates are identified as an "Addendum" in the Download column. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 27 Automation Processor with infiNET EX Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Return and Warranty Policies Merchandise Returns / Repair Service 1. No mercl�andise may be returned for credit, exchange or service without prior authorization from Crestron. To obtain warranty service for Crestron products, contact an authorized Crestron dealer. Only autharized Crestron dealers may contact the factory and request an RMA(Return Mcrchandise Authorization)number. Enclose a note specifying the nature of'the problem,name and phone number of contact person,RMA number and return address. 2. Products may be returned for credit,exchange or service with a Crestron Return Merchandise Authorization(RMA)number.Authorized returns must be shipped Freight prepaid to Crestron, 6 Volvo Drive,Rockleigh,N.J. or its authorized subsidiaries, with RMA number clearly marked on the outside of all cartons. Shipments arriving freighC collect or without an RMA number shall be subject to refusal. Crestron reserves the right in its sole and absolute discretion to charge a 15% restocicing fee plus shipping costs on any products returned with an RMA. 3. Return freight charges following repair of items under warranty shall be paid by Crestron, shipping by standard ground carrier. In the event repairs are found to be non-warranty,return freight costs shall be paid by the purchaser. Crestron Limited Warranty Crestron Electronics,Ine. warrants its products to be free from manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of three(3)years from the date of purchase from Crestron, with the following exceptions: disk drives and any other moving or rotating mechanical parts,pan/tilt heads and power supplies are covered for a period of one(1)year; touch screen display and overlay components are covered for 90 days;batteries and incandescent lamps are not covered. This warranty extends to products purchased directly from Crestron or an authorized Crestron dealer. Purchasers should inquire of the dealer regarding the nature and extent of the dealer's warranty,if any. Crestron shall not be Liable to honor the terms of this warranty if the product has been used in any application other than that for which it was intended or if it has been s�ibjected to misuse,accidental damage,modification or improper installation procedures.FurChermore, this warranty does not cover any product that has had the serial number altered,defaced ar removed. This warranty shall be the sole and exclusive remedy to the original purchaser.In no event shall Crestron be liable for incidental or consequenrial damages of any kind(property or economic damages inclusive) arising from the sale or use of this equipment. Crestron is not liable for any claim made by a third party or made by the purchaser for a third party. Crestron shall,at its option,repair or replace any product found defective,without charge for parts or labor. Repaired or replaced equipment and parts supplied under this warranty shall be covered only by the unexpired portion of the warranty. Except as expressly set forth in this warranty,CresYron makes no other warranries,expressed or implied, nor authorizes any other party to offer any warranty,including any implied warranties of inerchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Any implied warranties that may be imposed by law are limited to the terms of this limited warranty.This warranty statement supersedes all previous warranties. Crestron software,induding witl�out limitation,product development software and product operating systein software is licensed to Crestron dealers and Crestron Service Providers(CSPs)under a limited non-exclusive,non-transferable license pursuant to a separate end-user license agree�nent.The terms of this end user license agreement can be found on the Crestron website at www.crestron.com/legal/softwarc license �reement. 28 • Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7492B Crestron DIN-AP3MEX Automation Processor with infiNET EX This page is intentionally left blank. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7492B Automation Processor: DIN-AP3MEX • 29 � � � 0 Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX° Wireless Rela /Di ital In ut Y g p Control Module Operations & Installation Guide �� CR RON� C� Regulatory Compliance As of the date of manufacture,the INET-IOEX-RYIO has been tested and found to comply with specifications for CE marking and standards per EMC and Radiocommunications Compliance Labelling. CE C Federal Commanications Commission (FCC)Compliance Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful interference and(2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. CAUTION: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,if not installed and used in accardance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications.However,there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on,the user is encou.raged to try to correct the interference by one ar more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help (Continued on following page) Regulatory Compliance (Continued) Industry Canada(IC)Compliance Statement This device complies with]ndustry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference,and(2)this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Under Industry Canada regulations,this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum(or lesser)gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to othcr users,the antenna type and its gain should bc so chosen that the equivalcnt isotropically radiated power(e.i.r.p.)is not more than that neccssary for succcssful communication. Industrie Canada(IC)Declaration de conformite Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exeinpts de license.L'exploitation est aut�orisee aux deux conditions suivantes : (1)1'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et(2)1'utilisateur de 1'appareil doit accepter tou�brouillage radioelectrique subi,meme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Conformement a la reglementation d'Industrie Canada,le present emetteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal(ou inferieur)approuve pour 1'emetteur par Industrie Canada. Dans le but de reduire les risques de brouillage radioelectrique a 1'intention des autres utilisateurs,il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonnee equivalente(p.i.r.e.)ne depasse pas 1'intensite necessaire a 1'etablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. To satisfy RF exposure requirements,this device and its antenna must operate with a separation distance of at least 20 centimeters from all persons and must not be colocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The specific patents that cover Crestron products are listed at patents.crestron.com. Cres�ron,the Crestron logo,3-Series, Cameo, Crestron Green Light,Crestron Studio,Cres�ron Toolbox,D3 Pro, infiNET EX,and SystemBuilder are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Crestron Electronics,Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.Other trademarks,registered trademarlcs,and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Crestron disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others. Crestron is not responsible f'or errors in typography or photography. This document was written by the Technical Publications department at Crestron. 002013 Crestron Electronics,Ine. Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Contents infiNET EX Wireless Relay/ Digital Input Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO 1 Introduction ...............................................................................................................................1 Featuresand Functions................................................................................................1 Specifications..............................................................................................................3 PhysicalDescription....................................................................................................5 Setup..........................................................................................................................................8 IdentityCode...............................................................................................................8 Installation...................................................................................................................9 HardwareHookup .......................................................................................................9 Uploadingand Upgrading........................................................................................................l I Establishing Communication.....................................................................................l I Firmware...................................................................................................................12 ProgramChecks........................................................................................................12 Operation.................................................................................................................................13 Joining an infiNET EX Network...............................................................................13 Leaving an infiNET EX Network..............................................................................13 ProblemSolving......................................................................................................................14 Troublcshooting.........................................................................................................14 ReferenceDocuments................................................................................................14 FurtherInquiries........................................................................................................]5 FutureUpdates..........................................................................................................15 Return and Warranty Policies..................................................................................................16 Merchandise Returns/Repair Service......................................................................16 Crestron Limited Warranty........................................................................................16 Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Contents • i Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module infiNET EX Wireless Relay/ Digital Input Control Module : INET-IOEX-RY10 Introduction Every installer knows running wires is a challenge and it adds substantial cost to any proj ect. Crestron° infiNET EX° technology offers a wireless solution for controlling many devices in a home or commercial facility, eliminating the need to cut into walls, fish through insulation or install expensive conduit just to get a wire to each device. Features and Functions • A low cost wireless control interface • Eliminates the need to run wire or instal] conduit • Provides two relay and two digital input control ports* � Communicates via the infiNET EX wireless network • Compatible with Crestron 2-Series and 3-Series° control systems • Ultra-compact, surface mount design * A small amount of delay may be normal when sending or receiving some control commands depending upon the size of the wireless network. Larger networks with many devices tend to exhibit more delay. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 1 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 The INET-IOEX-RYIO is a very compact and low cost wireless device that is perfect for use in retrofits, historic buildings, rental homes and offices, or any budget conscious application. It provides a low-voltage relay and digital input control interface for remote devices such as garage door openers, sensors and motorized screens. It includes two isolated relays and two digital input ports and coininunicates with a Crestron control system via the infiNET EX wireless network, enabling control and lnonitoring of the remote equipment without having to run wires through walls and ceilings.' infiNET EX Ultra-reliable infiNET EX wireless technology provides steadfast 2-way RF communications throughout a residential or commercial structure without the need for physical control wiring. Employing a 2.4 GHz mesh network topology, each infiNET EX device functions as an expander, passing command signals through to every other infiNET EX device within range (approximately 150 feet or 46 meters indoors), ensuring that every command reaches its intended destination without disruption.2 The INET-IOEX-RYIO communicates with a Crestron control system via an infiNET EX Wireless Gateway (model CEN-RFGW-EX or MC33). Up to 100 infiNET EX devices, including Cameo° Wireless Keypads and In-Wall Dimmers and Switches3, may coexist on a single wireless network and every device that is added to the network effectively increases the range and stability of the entire network by providing multiple redundant signal paths�. Built-in Dynamic Frequency Allocation continuously monitors RF conditions, automatically selecting the clearest channel to prevent interference from neighboring networks, cordless phones and microwaves. 1. A small amount of delay may be normal when sending or receiving some control commands depending upon the size of the wireless network. Larger networks with many devices tend to exhibit more delay. 2. Any infiNET EX device that provides expander functionality will effectively extend the range of the wireless network beyond the initial range of the gateway. Battery powered infiNET EX devices do not provide expander functionality. A dedicated infiNET EX Wireless Expander, model CLW-EXPEX or GLA-EXPEX is sold separately. 3. Item(s) sold separately. 2 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Surface Mount The INET-IOEX-RYIO is designed to be mounted to a flat surface, located near the equipment that it is controlling or monitoring. Care should be taken when positioning the device to avoid interference from nearby RF devices, obstructions and metal surfaces. It is powered by an outlet mounted universal 100-240 Vac power pack (included.) Specifications Specifications �or tihe INET-IOEX-RYIO are listed in the following table. INET-IOEX-RYIO Specifications SPECIFICATION DETAILS Wireless Communications RF Transceiver infiNET EX 2-way RF, 2.4 GHz ISM channels 11-26 (2400 to 2483.5 MHz), default channel 15; IEEE 802.15.4 compliant Range (typical) 150 feet (46 meters) indoors, 250 feet (76 meters) outdoors to nearest mesh network device(s), subject to site-specific conditions and individual device capabilities' Gateway Requires a CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX gateway2 Power Requirements Power Pack 1 .2 amps @ 5 Vdc; 100-240 Vac, 50/60 Hz power pack included Default MNET ID3 01 Environmental Temperature 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C) Humidity 10% to 90% RH (non-condensing) Heat Dissipation 3 Btu/h (Continued on following page) Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 3 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 INET-IOEX-RYIO Specifications (Continued) SPECIFICATION DETAILS Construction Plastic, (2) integral surface mounting flanges, vented sides Dimensions Height 0.68 in (18 mm) Width 2.58 in (66 mm) Depth 2.49 in (64 mm) Weight 2 oz (46 g) Included Accessory Wall mount, 5 Vdc, 1 .2 A, Universal power pack Available Accessories CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX Wireless Gateway CLW-EXPEX infiNET EX Wireless Expander GLA-EXPEX Crestron Green Light° Wireless Expander for infiNET EX Networks 1. Any infiNET EX device that provides eXpander functionality will effectively extend the range of the wireless network beyond the initial range of the gateway. Battery powered infiNET EX devices do not provide expander functionality. A dedicated infiNET EX Wireless Expander, model CLW-EXPEX or GLA-EXPEX is sold separately. 2. Item(s) sold separately. 3. Requires setup with Crestron ToolboxTM 4 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Physical Description This section provides information on the connections, controls and indicators available on the INET-IOEX-RYIO. INET-IOEX-RYIO Ove�all Dimensions (Front and Side Views) 2.20 in . � (56 mm) 1 .00 in � ► (26 mm) 0.19 in � Q10.15 in (56 mm) � � � (4 mm) / % � O O O � i - �. « .� �. � ,�-5 2.49in „�„ -�, �,� 2.22in F, 5 (64 mm) �- � �` �� J � ��,���- > ,�� �� (57 mm) � �— � ; ,^, � �� O 0 �� � � � �� � 1 � 1 .20 in � � 0.68 in (31 mm) 0.14 m (18 mm) (4 mm) � 2.58 in _ (66 mm) Operations & Installation Guide - DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 5 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 INET-IOEX-RYIO (Top View) ( 1 � (2) �3J _ r�"�—rv- � ��' � � � � C��i�� cr I�\;^�/F3 n�,�, � - I I I i �. _I I INET-IOEX-RYIO (Bottom View) � 11 �,: ; `� � slCJJp �� e a`- '�, �% TF t� C� � �l� f:r C� �C✓ � �\ .. -I...—�_ \ �.� � 4 � � 5 ; (6�� �7 i �8� � _ , � Connecto�s, Cont�ols, and Indicators # CONNECTORS*, DESCRIPTION CONTROLS, AND INDICATORS 1 R1 — R2 (1 ) 4-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block comprising (2) normally open isolated relays; Rated 1 A, 30 Vac/dc; MOV solid-state arc suppression across contacts 2 1/2/G (1 ) 3-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block comprising (2) programmable digital inputs (referenced to ground); Input voltage range: 0-24 Vdc; Logic threshold: >_1 .9 Vdc high, <_0.8 Vdc low; Input impedance: 2.2 kS2 pulled up to 5 volts (Continued on following page) 6 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Connecto�s, Controls, and Indicators (Continued) # CONNECTORS*, DESCRIPTION CONTROLS, AN D INDICATORS 3 PWR 5/G (1 ) 2-pin 3.5 mm detachable terminal block; 5 Vdc power input (power pack included) 4 PWR LED (1 ) Dual color LED; Yellow indicates operating power supplied from power pack; Green indicates device is ready 5 NET LED (1 ) Amber LED, indicates communication with the wireless gateway 6 RLY (1 — 2) (2) Green LEDs, indicate when each corresponding relay is closed 7 IN (1 — 2) (2) Green LEDs, indicate a low logic signal on each corresponding digital input port 8 SETUP (1 ) Red LED and (1) recessed (LED and Button) miniature push button, used to link the module to the wireless gateway * Interface connectors for Rl,R2, 1/2/G and PWR ports are provided with the unit. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 7 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 Setu p Identity Code NOTE: The latest software can be downloaded at www.crestron.com/software. The MNet ID of the INET-IOEX-RYIO has been factory set to O1. After an infiNET device is added to an infiNET network, its MNet ID must be changed to a value that can be addressed by the control system program (03 to 20). The MNet IDs of multiple INET-IOEX-RYIO devices on the same gateway must be unique. MNet IDs are changed from a personal computer (PC) via Crestron StudioTM or Crestron ToolboxTM (refer to "Establishing Communication" on page 11). When setting the MNet ID, consider the following: • The MNet ID of each unit must match an ID code specified in the Crestron Studio, SIMPL VVindows, D3 Pro° or SystemBuilderTM program. • Each network device on the same gateway must have a unique MNet ID. For more details, refer to the Crestron Toolbox help file. 8 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Installation The INET-IOEX-RYIO can be mounted to any flat surface using three screws (not included). For best results, position the device to avoid interference from nearby RF sources, obstructions and metal surfaces. Mounting the INET-IOEX-RYIO —�-`�� _ �- �°�� __ ___ � ��� � ���ry;� �,;� �i,���;;� _ ���,� -- �� °�� � o � � �� o , u C�- - _ � Hardware Hookup Make the necessary connections as called out in the illustration that follows this paragraph. Apply power after all connections have been made. When making connections to the INET-IOEX-RYIO, use Crestron power supplies for Crestron equipment. Hardware Connections fo� the INET-IOEX-RYIO R1 - R2: 1/2/G: PWR: To Controllable From Digital From DC Devices Devices Power Pack 1 � �U� �tiL, � � � -�� � �� o � c, �ti�7� �;,�,� ���� ��� ��� Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 9 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 NOTE: To prevent overheating, do not operate this product in an area that exceeds the environmental temperature range listed in the "Specifications" table. 10 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Uploading and Upgrading Crestron recommends using the latest programming software and that each device contains the latest firmware to take advantage of the most recently released features. However, before attempting to upload or upgrade it is necessary to establish communication. Once communication has been established, files (for example, programs or firmware) can be transferred to the control system (or device). Finally, program checks can be performed (such as changing the device ID) to ensure proper functioning. NOTE: Crestron software and any files on the website are for authorized Crestron dealers and Crestron Service Providers (CSPs) only. New users must register to obtain access to certain areas of the site (including the FTP site). Establishing Communication Use Crestron Toolbox for communicating with the INET-IOEX-RYIO; refer to the Crestron Toolbox help file for details. There is a single method of communication: indirect communication. Indi�ect Communication Se!ial, Control ��� �`�� System CEN-RFGW-E�"��, � �AN � , �A� '_ �°��� l or USB ��� � , �� PC Running J Crestron Toolbox � r(� INET-IOEX-RYIO P � `�-� INET-IOEX-RYIO connects to the CEN-RFWG-EX (Gateway), which connects to control system via Ethernet. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 11 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 An Address Book entry must be defined for the gateway. For information, refer to the Toolbox help file. Firmware Firmware files may be distributed from programmers to installers or from Crestron to dealers. Firmware upgrades are available from the Crestron website as new features are developed after product releases. For details on uploading and upgrading, refer to the Crestron Studio help file, SIMPL Windows help file or the Crestron Toolbox help file. Crestron If a Crestron Studio (or SIMPL Windows) program is provided, it can be Studio / uploaded to the control system using Crestron Studio (or SIMPL SIMPL Windows) or Crestron Toolbox. Windows Firmware Check the Crestron website to find the latest firmware. (New users must register to obtain access to certain areas of the site, including the FTP site.) Upgrade INTE-IOEX-RYIO firtnware via Crestron Toolbox. 1. Establish communication with the INET-IOEX-RYIO and display the "System Info" window. 2. Select Functions � Firmware... to upgrade the INET-IOEX-RYIO firmware. Program Checks Using Crestron Toolbox, display the network device tree (Tools � Network Device Tree View) to show all network devices connected to the control system and all infiNET devices that have been acquired by the gateway. Right-click on the gateway to display actions that can be performed on the INET-IOEX-RYIO. 12 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Operation Joining an infiNET EX Network Before the INET-IOEX-RYIO can be used, it must first be acquired by a CEN-RFGW-EX gateway that is connected to an infiNET EX system. NOTE: An infiNET EX device can be acquired by only one gateway. To acquire the INET-IOEX-RYIO, perform the following procedure: 1. Put the gateway in Acquire mode by pressing its ACQUIRE button (on the unit itself or from Crestron Toolbox, as described in the CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX Gateway Operations & Installation Guide, Doc. 6706, which is available at www.crestron.com/manuals. The gateway's ACQUIRE LED lights. NOTE: In an environment where multiple gateways are installed, only one gateway at a time should be in Acquire mode. 2. Put the INET-IOEX-RYIO in Acquire mode by doing the following: a. Tap the SETUP button three times, then press and hold it (tap, tap, tap, press and hold) until the red SETUP LED starts to blink. (This can take up to 10 seconds.) b. When the SETUP LED blinks, release the SETUP button to start the acquire process. When the LED stops blinking, the acquire is complete. (If the acquire fails, the LED flashes rapidly until the SETUP button is pressed.) 3. When the acquire process is complete, take the gateway out of Acqui�e mode by pressing its ACQUIRE button. Leaving an infiNET EX Network To leave a network, put the INET-IOEX-RYIO in Acquire mode (see step 2 above) when there is no gateway in Acquire mode. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 13 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 Problem Solving Troubleshooting The following table provides corrective action for possible trouble situations. If further assistance is required, please contact a Crestron customer service representative. INET-IOEX-RYIO T�oubleshooting TROUBLE POSSIBLE CORRECTIVE CAUSE(S) ACTION Device does not Device is not Use Crestron Toolbox function. communicating to poll the network. with the network. Verify network connection to the device. Device is not Use the provided receiving power Crestron power from a Crestron source. Verify power source. connections. Device is not Use the Crestron receiving Power Calculator to sufficient power. help calculate how much power is needed for the system. Reference Documents All documents mentioned in this guide are available at www.crestron.com/manuals. List of Related Reference Documents DOCUMENT TITLE CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX Gateway 14 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Further Inquiries To locate specific information or resolve questions after reviewing this guide, contact Crestron's True Blue Support at 1-888-CRESTRON [1-888-273-7876] or, for assistance within a particular geographic region, refer to the listing of Crestron worldwide offices at www.crestron.com/offices. To post a question about Crestron products, log onto Crestron's Online Help at www.crestron.com/onlinehelp. First-time users must establish a user account to fully benefit from all available features. Future Updates As Crestron improves functions, adds new features and extends the capabilities of the INET-IOEX-RYIO, additional information may be made available as manual updates. These updates are solely electronic and serve as intermediary supplements prior to the release of a complete technical documentation revision. Check the Cres�ron website periodically for manual update availability and its relevance. Updates are identified as an "Addendum" in the Download column. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 15 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 Return and Warranty Policies Merchandise Returns / Repair Service 1. No mercl�andise may be returned for credit, exchange or service without prior authorization from Crestron. To obtain warranty service for Crestron products, contact an authorized Crestron dealer. Only autharized Crestron dealers may contact the factory and request an RMA(Return Mcrchandise Authorization)number. Enclose a note specifying the nature of'the problem,name and phone number of contact person,RMA number and return address. 2. Products may be returned for credit,exchange or service with a Crestron Return Merchandise Authorization(RMA)number.Autharized returns must be shipped Freight prepaid to Crestron, 6 Volvo Drive,Rockleigh,N.J. or its authorized subsidiaries, with RMA number clearly marked on the outside of all cartons. Shipments arriving freighC collect or withouf an RMA number shall be subject to refusal. Crestron reserves the right in its sole and absolute discretion to charge a 15% restocking fee plus shipping costs on any products returned with an RMA. 3. Return freight charges following repair of items under warranty shall be paid by Crestron, shipping by standard ground carrier. In the event repairs are found to be non-warranty,return freight costs shall be paid by the purchaser. Crestron Limited Warranty Crestron Electronics,Ine. warrants its products to be free from manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of three(3)years from the date of ptuchase from Crestron, with the following exceptions: disk drives and any other moving or rotating mechanical parts,pan/tilt heads and power supplies are covered for a period of one(1)year; touch screen display and overlay components are covered for 90 days;batteries and incandescent lamps are not covered. This warranty extends to products purchased directly from Crestron or an authorized Crestron dealer. Purchasers should inquire of the dealer regarding the nature and extent of the dealer's warranty,if any. Crestron shall not be Liable to honor the terms of this warranty if the product has been used in any application other than that for which it was intended or if it has been s�ibjected to misuse,accidental damage,modification or improper installation procedares.Furthermore, this warranty does not cover any product that has had the serial number altered,defaced ar removed. This warranty shall be the sole and exclusive remedy to the original purchaser.In no event shall Crestron be liable for incidental or consequenrial damages of any kind(property or economic damages inclusive) arising from the sale or use of this equipment. Crestron is not liable for any claim made by a third party or made by the purchaser for a third party. Crestron shall,at its option,repair or replace any product found defective,without charge for parts or labor. Repaired or replaced equipment and parts supplied under this warranty shall be covered only by the unexpired portion of the warranty. Except as expressly set forth in this warranty,Crestron makes no other warranties,exprESSed or implied, nor authorizes any other party to offer any warranty,including any implied warranties of inerchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Any implied warranties that may be imposed by law are limited to the terms of this limited warranty.This warranty statement supersedes all previous warranties. 16 • Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO Operations & Installation Guide— DOC. 7477C Crestron INET-IOEX-RY10 infiNET EX Wireless Control Module This page is intentionally left blank. Operations & Installation Guide — DOC. 7477C Control Module: INET-IOEX-RYIO • 17 � � � 0 3 0 � - �o � �J m 3 v3, � d 3 W n c � m � - _ - _ 3 _ _ 3 -_ F'� E E m o�=c � � _ mY� _ _' O�am« �w = _ aa�„ '� m°av ;,a°m' - m¢� aQO.m z"" '3 ¢'ema � m =EE 'cEN d E u "�'a�� 3 �u.� -_ �LL� c _ ^ °m a o on n m m m u d "' 'N° � -m � rn � c adi=Ea � � `3 _ _� m orc m �❑ '- m = - 3n n �' o 0 � �n _ L . .�. c � En E ..k,...�..g,._ - ve m_;_`o 0o O° �3 — 1� . / _ _ E � �N oo 'LJ � ` � ���o m�3 - � T �3� E � t o� uac N o�o ' � �E �� ocj O�cm _ m m `- c E .-L°o °D _ `�'O1 - m e �� � c 33 _ 3 E w "-' -o� Um o`o �9 >c o s'a °am�, d� �- c �� � wd Eo �� mo uom �� f Qy iW-�:-° r L m ¢m Q E K° _ ¢� O°w �o i z� U 1-u � 2: m v �n 3 - _ ' _ _ _ � 3` _ � - rn 3 __ � � n a �E o �' - �u3i o - 3 E 3 _ - m - _ __ � `a o. __-,y - E r � � _ xD E x � � S 3 a � G x - \ - 3 E o� ' m 3 w ���� ;� t m � � E� ���� � E ._ �O �� �° F _ Y � � r 3 3 E 3 � � m 3 � u .-�J � _ - E - o � 9 • • o g E m 3 �-�'3 O - ,3 � °c' a�i d Q - � 'o - a _ 3 .W. .W. 3 3� Eo k - - - - - - z \ - _ - � _ . \" W � � o E Y a _ - v - _ - �._. � E m c O ..:�: �� 0 3 °' �o R o 0 3 t i N�tllB a . � � ���� � 3 a . �� � E � � Jm � 3 a- . ��`�' �� � p E U � 3 E �.o .t � 3 �- E�� °c' p E P f3 ic rn ;t0 �� '' m W j c3 0 _� 3 a� '^ ia�- � o _ �6� �E mc : m -� 20 oU0 -� nc .3 0 � c i�_ �`�° _ �. � o �E�� E 9 � � U E'E -6 m L y _ E � � •- E t O v �c - �o z a a 3 0 - V . d.:E _ 3 m _ o E 3 L °' m `o c � - _ °i 3 m � -r a 'p la m° �m a c E Z a ��x tn 3 - K L-3 L F c rn.m`r° ..� °m E e �� z j �p�o� � o o'� LL ,m N ��o - zo z�3°E- �= � ��3 m �= �� a a w �� tt ��E im r9 0 �°�' 3� 3c��EN z zI ��� , � z i° n v zm � '�-° _ �ade ��� �Ja U � a Eaw� `. m o � _ o o €0�3 0° �OK ���a _ � _ �'a o�3` o. - o - Q�� W¢aQ ; cE� H ' --°E � m'3°E o � t c`m _ E '�'E._ ��y ¢paz w E _ m __ U y°' a z �.Q¢� - - - E `m E �¢mE rU �3�- U°c - - ' �m �a� pFj� _ ' - E ; m0� _-10 3� - a �E �m- c U 3 - o Z a mFQO ❑�=� E x 3 E c E E�- �2�o - o E E E,_� _ _ _ _ ' awtt �¢d~O '' � m E E m H9`o c � o m � "�E E E E O1 _ : - ❑w� FgZw � � w >. 3 � �� t¢m � a - Zttx y��� � m�Ea m E a E a-� Q�j .?�� "' 3� s �3 _�s _ cg�� �zw w � ➢ '� E� ' ' �E d o N �o ��m _ \` �3 0 . H�Z m�Z W _ 3 �� a_L 3� � - ���o y'm �E s i�� '�F�� _ Y _ �3 E'm `a.� EEo=�ya�.i � EFa v= L �E,.- `�° W�� �Ow � 3 c nE° Ec o��c _ � _ _=E��E � O QmUa - -- �E _ 3.Y'= U n � � OJw ��Ka� �� � m o E� m . �aU�.W v N E m U Z -3 �� � �mw a „ " � oaw �aaz� `a�i E ��Em m � �3� � o.E �3=�oZ X � � � � _ _ �.� 3 cyi�ZO �¢K�z Ea °� � t c - � j U��E�°�'_ � U E _ :°c o �-� �H W�� °E d E m .N �9 E a ��o �m-a�iEm_ p O m x r' - -_ a =0u_ yw¢wLL �9 3 � T _ °_ m � � < E � _ __ _ � FZC �LL��ln - __ .�a_ 3 _ ��� 3 J y `H°o� o E U U ' � m E 3�m ' �oZU QQ �� �E m � �E �a - �3 i. �� ¢ a c 3 m 3 ul _ ' < � - O 4Q �UQ� E w � Q 3 y a x - � c` y °m m °' o,°' o ��a� ¢� ai � E°1 0,o v o �, c� � �3 - 0� 4 � � �� � E �QO � � �� ZY O�-¢a �in ¢ � ° m aE c `-°� ommm � . W N� W -� EE Z � iiK�o �. C 'y ~Qa¢ 2 (nQ Hwdmo djQ�Eocam-� ��ew� U�eF ttF E.x � . mt5m� �uu �� E . U r � � O OOOwKr oiEa�im anoa aiOK�3 ��F-❑ . U� O K- X . a- mm�>> � ` �UOi DaU ��a W�Waw � ? 4= WU�LL � f/1 o>oUnnn �,z3��oN a�d $ 3° �� Ex°'3a� d `woo" _� ..w>��o o m . w ro uz . . . . . . . � �o°`=_u�o alu°i u � o 0 0°0° o� � m � „ Izti`I� � caioou�i a��oa O - - o�o�o T -_ � � � -_ '_ - - O o c° � E �3 � ' - o0 3='�i _ _- � oi = ,e _ U - = Nu E - - �E � 9 �9� y � - 3 3o Lti _ _ V_ � � � - a ` -q� = a°° Eq- �O uU. � - �� d E" - - � � � E � ' E _ �='�O mi oE -- o=�`° �N _ � _ m � - , ' �y ���j � _.�° � u .�.. c�'�` o � a a "E� z c�o. 3 a ` Eo� c m ° E " ° m� c� � = m � �T � g - w . � °' a o W ` � ` a m � z�,E _° � `° e . E ,� o y � E o o� o� _ � � D O LL E o U� � 7 - . o �N�o V� �� in o° _ E - ` 'm \ � I a � � �E a �'H T 9 3, L � .. \ ' �3. u �"� l� WoU Na'N pmuL' . . C CnE o� 0� � ' _ E �� � ��p� LL p u�3 H fu � No W t4 0�� LL�u�s >Q.� LLa.���. 33az o.�,..�.. G��u".� a°i'�.� � �a _ � ci� z _ ?E� ' _ - ° �oa;� .'. - " m _ _ - -a °nc ' c ' _ '�o�m z��' m � ' >.E - oE ym A _ O� oT"i E`o -- �`�C3 u o3 _' _ �Z>� ° m�¢�� - >. u `o - u�, . ' -_ d v t°1 N:=c � - � _ Z� m o °w Z a m E 3 c�W�E°- � E o O1� �a = _ ¢E m w�E� - c�c � U 3` m 3'° �n 2 a N c �, -o m� w N� - 9 U c `.... y_ °E a E��.3� � �3 tt m`n m v`m� ;�' �E� z _ �U 5�� E - �L E v u,3'° ' O o E � � o c Z� `o�o -o �E t~/1�`t Q f 9 j �O u '_°E 3�� E o m`E ��y� � v°�c E.o E��a°D' �_ _c��� o� _ L U�E a E !'o�� �u�, � m � � >. . Z c���t '�°�"oa c ` n�.� ° r E a m � y N i K�m¢° �r�L 3�3 �hIJ o t 3� �E m 9 3 0��N ' � vU o�' � LaZ om� °n 3_ o� m .', U aL �09 ���� vay 'n _ o� °a'� � m rc 3N� _ a �E�o y`L.'�E�,3 E�E�3 v� ��`a�� U 3 m' _ a 3� a E�T a v�3 _ ��-mZ���Q>.ZmK`-�\Q=WO�aO�uE� aZO=_��_ LZ,oOD =°EE3� VEu?u tp � o0a�"�EOa _°_'O^'�dK o «rY'm '^O.� ti E c-m0 0�... j ��L���"��in o `v a y a K�U`m n£W�� °�c,�m E m a�`W m= __ -u m � �Eo�=�a °o�L'�E'attms �ZwEs no�mtt'a �"�Z,U� �jn ''>.o -C �z°aU'm��aa`Ua'>°��U�3�n�£O�`-� `��zoi �c�� .�0� �ad � F��o� m `�N m E� `L�u- d 2,�E tp �� �. r� W W� -n o N o 3 N� �N rv,n E n W o �c _ i � d'�m w 3`s �- o tt m m _- v�_ m m 3 � U V 5>.a a o°c1=mSUna o.N F-'mx mS U 3�w 3 3 0.0 d � v0 w - E� o vi w g - E -�E s � 0 3 0� �. . z - � � - Yo n ¢O � y _ O - - o_ - _-a E �w G y° _ 3 � _ ¢ - E m _ L-� _ 03 0� E�� °' a o" m "s r o w °'= o °L'o_°� < y� �3 °w� - 5o a m.. .. m > Eaao E.N •- o - 3 � '3 = o c Q �, '; .. �3° u n o m E J-_Ea c S.� ti2 - ��m ' " oW � w`° E Ew j E a' �� � E n- -U �� - .`.3n _ °a _ E� L -�� _ 3 ^ a ��_ Q ta N _ 3E ' o - �.N 30 _ _ no E� a E z _ _ _ ° �yL a a" z � � E c� � L °_ -" o`�°_ 3 t '�U� m � - z�3 ` x 3 3 F 5 0 3 0 -ai �'-' - �' x E y �a v� �E°U' � "3 W oL- �, c�o n 3 Uw� X p° V 3 3V - �U >°u- >'° tJO U'� KK r u,.�- o u U m °' � .o_ 3 E `u,° � � � e��U � �E'� � _ � � _ _°-'W U' - - ' =¢ �D V"o- � � �3 E N - _ � T � E U N ° a � o iL� � E �E� ° - - � _ o � o �Z a W ._ � - Q N � � �U E � U E � w o o m ' U � - m �m m E 3 - U <�3 u E E s - 3 - 3 Q uJ m �E m m w c` " - _ _ O 3 v E Z o 0 3� c ' : _ z �¢ c� - > .S E _ > .> y �`3 °c E �� 'v m �oi '°� o-E ➢ a - X o o� o o � - E°a .> c _a a3 Wa xxo c x _ w F � o�`- 'oo� ZdE oE �E� w wo. ,� o �`u� Eo" � .. a _ � W w3 � � �o°'m m m � O _ ` a �m � LL�. ❑ y _ _ z � aE Nn3=' o u „ O � �m E � W�� �E 3 n� � - _m 3 c 3° p o�o o O� �N 3 O p N L N = �n q U U� �o U � _ y Q _ U w r ` c E _ c m J r.' m ,°- oa m m i._ �UY ¢ ��mc¢ = u _ m9m m � m ^' m� - min a� _ � ` ` `� `_c _ m� w 'o o°' w� � � . . �,d� � � �, v -°o � a � E' Ea Enm E�= ��. p � a'�o° p� - a o`�° m _d � = C t °� o@ o°� ooia -��j m� 2 I-° .- 2 a r� J r 3 > H c��3 I- i---.. E - - � __ - _ oQ r c Q° °Q � o0 00 �� oo v U �3 a o �3 E oQ _ �o o� � �° °� � � � Q° y „�°- � ° - ' � � 3 E m - c� t-" E m 3 E t ' E _3 = oQ .s'n - g po 00 � o0 op �� �o N 3 0 � - in '6 Q E� ' � -� c - o c A ° - � c o o �E o 3 � _ °O � ` �¢ � o0 3 00 � oo ,n oo �� �o � _ _ J N ` � o -� � �- �, - a a .� � °'o° O a m N E o°t c u L n v o '^o 3 �'`n` N ~'" �3 LL J- oo � oo a oo � oo � oo m� oo a�� y X o p 'j� i' ° O.°_ n7 "'o� c - � � q E m �g E D � o ' ;� � j � ;v. � � °'� u �9 E � n�3 ��E E m a' � �Q � oo z oo � oo r oo � S � oo � E� '3 . .�u. O�n'o_ G�- �= y � �� Vl F-°� � � M �r O �� m m' m' ��i U _ �J LL N 5 _ �� m°-' r 3 � 5 . _ °ca E m _ .N m jo E w Q� � _ P? a i� `-'Q E Eo =^ o a `o o �E �' _ E c b � = am _ m ZZ_ n� ai3 _ _ °a o _ _ _ .E o O m'o O U E _ � r - �3 �U � o _ '_ _ ti _ - � O o _ _ �� G v '3 - a c ,N «� 3`. _ .. _ `F � _G � � �� m m�' �v L oo � Q� .. � - �3 3 ; oo � � y ..,€� �o 'E° E s o ut� 3� _ m - „5-E 3� a a o a 3 ¢� m E V� � �c � G� _ y � �3 _ - � ,�E... o��O uo �� E°c' y _ a�o � � >E cw� ma�o a` c�= Ea �EO y x� _ _ E oo _� _ � Ow� �.Em- ° � W 'i ' a '�°�� a`-°' �°�p`o uE v � � o m = E, �� - ` -' dp_ j Ez E q ' wa u, a ^ o' _ �' O 3 3 c c�¢ 'o¢ C o� =u,_ _ pf�� n y R m v �, ,y�� o � 'q�� -m w a N>3 �E`c p� '� m r° �v, ¢ w`°2 m� -E r d Z f0�_ w3F = in Oa"�v, 2v°2� N 1-� I-° .- N M 2 �� � - _ � 3 N m � _ 3 W N � � � �Y 3 _ m o�� 3 "u t s - m c o �3 �w O: �'� �"z E E _ L 3ra� ri0 �A - s acme E ya°°' ya°m' mE '°�a 3 ' 3 `m E - `A� - _ _ c a Q �LL� �a �LL_ 3 - - _ m - � o¢ ro �o .- ' _ �3 a En a E - ..g�,..,�.g�,. pe o O O o �3 a E �N oo .�1 � ' - �__. .. �E Q �'3 - - C � 3m - E �w � Qw''mz° �3 ' _. m °��'� �E NE °°' L3� ~cm - �o rn� �' �c 3 3 _ 3y� � - -o� Um . °° 2�a °' �° °n ��� d � �_ c c� N w> E 3 r°'° '�°o �3�` �� � ¢� F m r L� ¢m �E K° _ ¢� O�U m i z� Ui-� � z: ,n v � 3 C _ I _ - 3� - TE _ __ � a'�r::,�' n a �3� 5 - N 3 ¢ d"e _ _- _ � Ga n ?�� y� � -_ - E ` � 3 �C�°,3 � 3 y� \�5� i= �-3F E } )�?—c�_ 3x _ F _ � �� _ o E3 � �� °O � oo ` m� ��3 m 3 a � � "- $ 3 � 3 3` r o a� m - � .3 - 3 E 0 ��� $3 o u m E . � � � I. Z N o c > E o 3 ''�—?' �� �E N�Q �I L _ � - � � '3 `m O ti- °E V 3 E � -�- n 3 `� - >� _ ;� - 3 A ° -- o � r� �E'��°a�3 V a cLi m C E F'�,:,� 3 K 3 c u 3� �� 3 rn �o _ Fo Z�`oY_ z> 3d _ o°E � a'�3 v 3 c c i�� c��n��a 3� '` =c o IC m O� �E 2 n z� E a L � c'3 L F= W.o'y .. �E �m Z w Z O 3 E N a m « u� II W�1 v' o F v - `n �� K a K�°-- H� � a Q � � ��y ��= r-o o '"' 3h 3uo°==. �N i � o w ���zm" - U u,3 0 �-,c c � _ � m m � m� U o D E'°�_ 2' n EO Na E _ a ' a3 QT a wja _ ° _ a� 0.3.� E E`�UC � z - m �¢ �¢¢ m 3 `�'�E`cO - -O,E n E E�w x�'� ; � �E E w� - m E� Q� �o? �E" _ E -`o�0 3 0 > _ _ = U v,N o O o¢ _ _- _ 4 m a � o v r, `v m J d - W m O� � ��� ?LL �W� � � 9 � _ F ��`o E�Uw o �`o o � m y °3 _ ya ow a d E � 0 3 E-c� 5 a ��£ 0 0 0 3cJ mz .3 � �� � V _ �w ¢a 3 c �N° � �E E < - - � Z c� - c P "E�„ a- _- QQ QO� ° m_ - � �'v Ea _ _ 3pr��nt°'3�> 22 02 V � m�3� _°3 dUC F� mZ� _ � � t - E�D _ `- S -' 2 o a�- Q H p� -- y °�.q o EU°'s�_mE - �o. �., � '_ _ �+'�� �E.� - �o �w� -- _ _ 3 D��- n E° °03� 3 i ''-�- � � E EE > E� � jQ am0 o c E o ° 3,� ' 3 E: `m `�O ��' m G D ,n E E., o _a E � i � O�Z ��ntt� c� � o� L . m dE x ti a x� ' . LO¢a �apFl ci� E'...� ' 3 .�m"oj~ ¢E Z � � � oa� oB � E.� c� _�3 �za oQ�� _ ��� �€d � �N� m 3 'oy � - �=aa`„_ �� «r e ��° w a uw�o o-E m _ -3 �'E. ' � � ' _ d 2�0 �LL¢Z m«E 3 � �°- o �.,3X� � , '��u_ �- x ° O_ W �Q .3 30 .> _ ; - = c 3 � N � �m c� �a m T E _ _ �H - 3 ��a Qa�� °E� � a t�EY� EQ K°w�m o N Y � O c � � .�o3i � _ `o c y = �.� O z N p U a j %o� �E a 3 3�o �v~O'm�� L.. a 6 E m>.. _ -rv[�� `t'i3 N �- �aw �� K � �m v o - E� _ � ��Z�°.EEO° W _ - E �oc9 �.� - - oaO2 - � � O�� �mZQal� '°• - oNO - �o-� _ R= +y �m� �'� r iT¢oo o . �� � z �m�- m o � oEc ° �mm � U V� ga¢�Ei �E . E' a,9a°' mm ' ¢ULL E3 Uv C � U ��OZ��� c '°�Evv �E�ma3a�� OK�3 E z E N c� ' y�U Q N 3°mou� °mo =�i5o 5 m `m oo �c�°' o y �� �ia roa� ��2.�wu~ _�� .o o>ou n �� � ° z°� E � � caio� a��a - ad � � o�o o°o° ' ' ' ' ' ' ' s��3¢m°u N uai U .- N ,o v . Oq �� - U���� � � �D � � � c 30 - Oo t � E o.E� � _ Ej ��Q= __ ___ �U�' 0 3 = 't _ -0 3 U N° o q G�c 9 _ = N U C - _ �E _ v S �v� _ E �.n -o'� �„ $1„_- _ _ @9 y O _ _ W c3 3�, '�o,n ' Eq- � � °� _ J6 a O � p U N E� o E 3 q- p c A , - j U �E � -- 'E o ��C7 I�, ov° - - - w ��,x ° U 2 p C ,` _ _ �rn o V EEN F o h a£� F . � ��� U a L v m � E V � `� �� � � � �z Ea w �"E � � m H m �an� � °-. � E O O°� .s.m - U� � E � � o ���o U� :°. m o. E E�m c a° O LL E E E \ � ¢ ' � �`N c E u � 4 _ E E ��W � W OU Na'N U _ ' G d' �.E� . . . 3 u . E o° � �a 9 _ o � mm a o`m . _ �N� U o a �'D �y � �._��a rati LLa�A�. 3` 3vz o.�,_.�.. Gr'�u10.� K�.� u c� ��' � i�� rc r5_ - 'E� - °op� �oa-�_ _ _ � H ' ° - a � ' � _- �� ���L z�� � - - d � c o0 O� >,E oE _„� � ° A��t.". - E`o __ o _ u, ��3 m �3 �E w '�>m�.�� r E W.3�� m E°a m - Z� °' = m `o=_ �O'�OVE m�ttdEc- � -OC'� �m _ 6Ev m�E� 2`E�' T O z.o� u Q U.c 3� �-3 m uJ m - - -- ���W L N� 9 ��o L� � m �3�m`m �- U`o En "E E >.3� ~C . €� c U�E� E� �5 E�' 3 3. p - _ _ a E .m�Ni � oE�3- _ . >. O1� � m°vm E ' . o Z s �F= x c°v a E �O �E 3 E o E`o m E U �E'm - �z w a p m N E o�¢o � _'a�E� m _ _E Z d�A E�t _ � � �'w m � a a E fp f�.3 mQ o ��� 3. 3 �aU^ �E 9' c E" 0f ��U o m Z o T 3 c E` �N o i �E � 3 m _E V �°o y O° ���E�v s . °' A�s�or m n a v a 3° '" � D N`° _ _ a �E c o u~i u m E v� u E 3 ai mc O� �U 3 m' a°c�-...m °-'�3 '__' .rT. � 'a¢�``➢�v¢�_ ��VE�' ° -E' �E�ti � ' C � �ZU��Q�Z� �Z Q °�d¢� a0 O O 6 ',3', _ q ., o Oa,3`��EO'o °-'O �- T v E� � c � ��t�m��'rc„�N �o��� c��� Ewd 9N E N�W�_ _ °'� v83 � N E�w°a� o�_°>E m w��'y`0`?_ m Z w E� o �y a,�, ' ��°U�,� � °E 3 ' _ -6 -0 Z nU mK°naU¢>�.�U�3K o_..50��t' no�c cU`m�9 w«cJ �zo�'3 v ,�Q°m - C � �¢�E°' `��° a�y �'E q `�K u- u y,v E �p �� N "' Ww�yo`� oNO'..uri�n �NynEnW�5 �c ° � � K tt o, u 3`m �- v�m°�' '.- '��_ m m 3 g U U S>.a n o c°H m r U n n`a�H'm s m 5 U 3�w 3 3 n a N � ~ - E m 9 E' z E - - - 3 a.U'� - .. O - _ _ _ `0 w u,= c ¢° _ � �o U _ E n ' �� 3 E c� y �3 "' = - -`m '�'o v Q 3 c o� > o� � � E a�p�°E ��`--K °w� _ _ �O E E a 3 _� w `3 y � � y � °m a'�E� .. 3 E U ��� o � W� ' ,t� j E 3 _ a E a E n_ �.y �m = s - ��E m E y .. � w LL U ° a� 3 N _ - Q � F a:E '� � ' � �O 3 3°5�o c E v `o '"z d _ ° A- c�'J m a o d 3 in - 3 m o, 'c o U L� L d � � � --h v � 'y U o � � H `v, �m a a W�e�i w O `o m o, -`�i� E s o° ,2`�� S'a u� ¢ n � '°' vi y� 3 n y � - v � p m W �-a V co o � w m" � �,°� - _� W o`-_ a � = U w o W ��° V -3 3" - 3 m�j >c°> >.$ U-0'o u''i ai U tt tt�v,a E �w � - 3 � � � � ��v � �o°. � - -c c - y _ ~ K �o_ o m¢� O , U'° � � �� E uWi �' t az _ z E��- _ ¢ ' _Z Y �a O E Ec � _ - a � � _ � _ " n d�E " c�E � o o� c> � � o m '0 o m 3 E ' o v, v - 3 r j m "c m m m - m v,� 3 _ t Z _ _ 3 °>. ° o a . E � E s - 3 - _ Q uJ �E u u u '�o .m f.° !? a _ _ _ - .. X a m X `ca 3�X �' ' _ _ X �¢ p = o� o O O 2 L- O E� °i >a � 3 �_ '>a w wo 3 = 3 - w ¢�. = y � F a o- a oE o zv oE ~ v�i°' � o ��o E� � c L W `��'3 c c�E a w �m m v � _ z �.� � LL�ogE ❑ " ° - ` ? ` EE�o ��3wm .3 � 2t w c �a' � ��� 3 n� n - _m 3 c E o a on O� F r O p fn -� '~ �➢ E c� w _ °c'`-�p U ." _ N 3� U m W� � � W ..,y_ � 9 a Q �s ¢ U� _ c¢ _ u _ - m m m 5 � m� - - aJ0 ~� � ` _ a m; - a°m . m�,`O. _ � a m � E'� E = w o�, w� � � . . �.� - 5 ;Z, LN�g � ��� E° Ea o p � a'�o° p� - a o`�o 'm _d �go � r °•'- ��- -��j m w 2 I-° �- 2 a r� J r 3 > H�.� � �'-` �� �; .t -<o �o Q �� o0 oQ � o0 �` E _ '3 o o 3 E o� � .'.'c a��` �o � � o0 0� � �o m 3 �'_ _ nD �� o c Vl - - `^ t ry o � a E �� _ °� ow� »o ��o �o o� �z- m'��' �; �o o� � �o t � � " �° ° e�, _ _ � "T o 3 0 �0 � 0� 0 , ?� � �= Oo op � �o c 9 m � N � - � �n E - o a o � � _ O 3 E.; m y E oL °c� �u = ; ~ °c �; 5 N 3 = "" o� �� -_� po � � � o0 0� � �o G� o`°E p 3 a w Ql �-D N s " _ � � m .no �a � � j o V E c ze � �0 3 �� � m a' � o Q � O o � o Q � 0 0 o Q n r9 Q o . "� �o°�n'o_ <E io � �- E dj ��.. � N � c O �° m' m' m _ 3 �� _ _ E m >o T E o E _ N - �' _ - "-a - E � - i oa - �� � _ a, i'�.Z_ � _ r E a�E o p m °3 z E o O m o O T E __ - F_ _ n3 - �U °� � _ _ _ � 3 - � a - O o �c 3� _ �3 s o 0 .3v �Q Q� � �m 3 3 oQ F ¢ - - O� =3 E E �3 �� r,�� � �J i' x¢ _ _ - � w'E ; - no _ � - - a�E '' " 3 °� E� w a - w� m -`- 5 E x� �<_ t O o > J o v 3' o �� oo Ea� ,NO a`°_ '�°Ev ww` - _ 'Ema _ �E ��LL `-N c " ul N� - _ :3 °1 E _ a m �3 m' - P �_ U E o� `- W O� - �° t K _ ` _ r O �� 3 0 °i� a'o C a 3 3 N- Of �`I° >. a W V Ur u0 .i V C W-� C �u � N 3 m _u E ' O m �3 w3i �y � �o ¢ Wu �Er _ _ Z f0 r n O a� I 2 5 f/) F� � � N M Z . � Crestron CLW-LDIMEX Series DESCRIPTION The CLW-�DIMEX series of wireless lamp dimmers plug into a standard 3-prong outlet Wireless Lamp Dimmer (available in"upward"or"downward"orientation)and provide control of conventional floor or table lamps. Operations Guide Available in singie or dual-channel models,the CLW-LDIMEX series can be controlled wirelessiy and also via a local push-button switch. SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION DETAIL Load Ratings Incandescent,tungsten,magnetic low 600 W/VA max total.i.e.on 2-channel voltage,dimmable compact version you can split 300W on each or fluorescent 600W on 1 and none on the other Power Requirements 120 Volts AC,60Hz DefaulY RF ID 01' Minimum 2-Series Control System Update Version 4.001.1012 or later Filez,3 RF Wireless RF Transceiver infiNET EXTM 2-way RF,2.4 GHz ISM Channels 11-26(2400 to 2483.5 MHz), IEEE 802.15.4 compliant Range(typical) 100 feet(-30 meters)line of site indoor, subject to site-specific conditions Gateway Requires a CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX ,� Gateway(sold separately) Environmental Temperature 32°to 104°F(0°to 40°C) Humidity 10%to 90%RH(non-condensing) Enclosure Plastic enclosure with 3-prong connector Dimensions Height 5.37 in(136 mm) Width 3.13 in(79 mm) Depth 17 in(44mm) � Weight 7.4 oz(0.21 kg),Single Channel Models ��CRESTRON 8.6 oz(0.24 kg),Dual Channel Model Available Models CLW-LDIMEX-IGD-W-T Single-channel dimmer,Ground pin down, Textured,White CLW-LDIMEX-IGU-W-T Single-channel dimmer,Ground pin up, Textured,White CLW-LDIMEX-2GD-W-T Dual-channel dimmer,Ground pin down, Textured,White Regulatory ComplianCe Available Accessories This product is Listed to applicable UL Standards and requirements by Underwriters Laboratories CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EX Gateway Inc. CEN-RFGW-EX-PWE infiNET EX Gateway w/PoE Injector CLW-EXPEX-GD-W-T infiNET EX Wireless Expander C U� U$ (E239013) � 1. Requlres set up with Crestron ToolboxT . 2. The latest software versions can be obtained from the Crestron website.Refer to the NOTE Federal Communications Commission(FCC)Compliance Statement following these footnotes. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following two 3. Crestron 2-Series control systems include the AV2 and PR02.Consult the latest Crestron Product conditions:(1)This device may not cause harmful interference,and(2)This device must accept any Catalog for a complete list of 2-Series control systems. interference received,including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE:Crestron software and any files on the website are for authorized Crestron CAUTION: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for dealers and Crestron Authorized Independent Programmers(CAIP)only.New users compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. may be required to register to obtain access to certain areas of the site(including the NOTE:This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital FTP site). device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.This equipment generates,uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the CLW-LDIMEX Series(CLW-LDIMEX-2GD-W-T shown) instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications.However,there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.�f this equipment does cause �� harmful interference to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning the - ; equipment off and on,the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the /� following measures: � • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna � � • Increase separation between the equipment and the receiver r� • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is - connected • Consuit the dealer or an experienced radio/N technician for help Industry Canada(IC)Compliance Statement Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause interference,and 2. This device may accept any interference,including interference that may cause 5.37 in undesired operation of the device. (136 mm) To satisfy RF exposure requirements,this device and its antenna must operate with a separation distance of at least 20 centimeters from all persons and must not be colocated or operating in i ...--_. _ _—..—_—.. conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. �C�"���n�`l Crestron Electronics,Inc. Operations Guide-DOC.6836A � a 15 Volvo Drive Rockleigh,NJ 07647 (2024690) � J' `_ Tel:888.CRESTRON 02.10 ` Fax:201.767.7576 Specifications subject to 3.13 in www.crestron.com change without notice. — 1.74 in � (79 mm) � (44 mm) �� INSTALLATION PROBLEM SOLVING Installation of a CLW-LDIMEX consists of the following: TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Connect the CLW-LDIMEX to a wall outlet. The following table provides corrective action for possible trouble situations.If further 2. Secure the CLW-LDIMEX to the wall plate(optional). assistance is required,please contact a Crestron customer service representative. 3. Connect the controlled lamp(s)to the CLW-LDIMEX. TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE(S) CORRECTIVE ACTION 4. Acquire the CLW-LDIMEX to the infiNET EXT"'network. Load does not CLW-LDIMEX is not Verify that CLW-LDIMEX is If the CLW-LDIMEX is connected to a non-dimmable lamp,its Operating mode can be function. connected to a live wa�l plugged into an AC outlet and configured to work as a switch.To switch the Operating mode: outlet. that the circuit breaker is closed. 1. Unplug the CLW-LDIMEX from the wall outlet. LED on CLW-LDIMEX will be 2. Press and ho�d the button(in the case of dual-channel model,you can press green. and hoid the button corresponding to the channel you want to set,but not Load is not is not turned on. Turn o�load locally at device both.To set both,switch one channel,then repeat for the other channel. (i.e.lamp switch). 3. While holding the button,plug the CLW-LDIMEX into the wall outlet. Load is not connected to Connect load to CLW-LDIMEX. 4. Hold the button until its LED flashes.The number of flashes indicate the CLW-LDIMEX. current setting: 3 flashes=dim mode Load cannot be Device is not acquired. Acquire device to the network. 5 flashes=non-dim mode controlled from 5. To reverse the setting,repeat the above procedure. control system. OPERATION REFERENCE DOCUMENTS Refer to the following diagram when operating the CLW-LDIMEX. The latest version of all documents mentioned within the guide can be obtained from the Crestron website(www.crestron.com/manuals).This link will provide a list of product Button 1:Press to toggle load 1 Button 2:Press to toggle load 2 on/off. manuals arranged in alphabetical order by model number. on/off.Press and hold to dim the Press and hoid to dim.Green LED will DOCUMENT TITLE load.Green LED will light to Indicate light to indicate that receptacle is that receptade is energized. energized. CEN-RFGW-EX infiNET EXT"'Gateway (Dual-channel modeis only) o FURTHER INQUIRIES � If you cannot locate specific information or have questions after reviewing this guide, � p I � �1 please take advantage of Crestron's award winning customer service team by calling / — Crestron at 1-888-CRESTRON[1-888-273-7876]. You can also log onto the online help section of the Crestron website (www.crestron.com/onlinehelp)to ask questions about Crestron products.First-time users will need to establish a user account to fully benefit from all available features. FUTURE UPDATES _ As Crestron improves functions,adds new features and extends the capabilities of the � CLW-LDIMEX,additional information may be made available as manual updates.These ' updates are solely electronic and serve as intermediary supplements prior to the release �IX'��'� of a complete technical documentation revision. , 'I � Check the Crestron website periodically for manual update availability and its relevance. � Updates are identified as an"Addendum"in the Download column. Load 1 Receptacle Load 2 Receptacle Return and Warrant Policies (Dual-channel models only) y infiNET EX Network Merchandise Returns/Repair Service 1. No merchandise may be returned for credit,exchange or service without prior Before the CLW-LDIMEX can be used in a lighting system,it must first be acquired to a authorization from CRESTRON.To obtain warranty service for CRESTRON products, CEN-RFGW-EX gateway that is connected to a Crestron control system. contact an authorized CRESTRON dealer.Only authorized CRESTRON dealers may contact the factory and request an RMA(Return Merchandise Authorization)number. NOTE;A CLW-LDIMEX Can be aCquired to Only one gateway. Enclose a note specifying the nawre ot the problem,name and phone number of contact person,RMA number and return address. 1. Place the CEN-RFGW-EX In the Acqulle mode,from the unit Itself(pfess the 2. Products may be retumed for credit,exchange or service with a CRESTRON Return ACQUIRE button)or from Crestron ToolboxT"'.For details,YefeY to the IateSt Merchandise Authorization(RMA)number.Authorized retums must be shipped freight revision of the CEN-RFGW-EX Operations&Installation Guide(Doc.6706) prepaid to CRESTRON,6 Volvo Drive,Rockleigh,N.J.or its authorized subsidiaries, with RMA number clearly marked on the outside of all cartons.Shipments arriving which is available from the Crestron website(www.crestron.com/manuals)or freight collect or without an RMA number shall be subject to refusal.CRESTRON the Cfestroll TOOIboX help file. reserves the right in Its sole and absolute discretion to charge a 15%restocking fee plus shipping costs on any products returned with an RMA. NOTE:In an environment where multiple gateways are installed,only one 3. Retum freight charges following repair of items under warranty shall be paid by gateWay shoUld be In the AcqulYe fnode at a tlYne. CRESTRON,shipping by standard ground carrier.In the event repairs are found to be non-warranty,return freight costs shall be paid by the purchaser. 2. Tap the button on the CLW-LDIMEX three times then press and hold until CRESTRON Llmited WarrBnty the bUtton(S)blinks(may take up to 10 seconds). CRESTRON ELECTRONICS,Inc.warrants its products to be free from manufacturing defects in NOTE: On CLW-LDIMEX deVices Wlth tWO feceptacles,elthef button can be materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of three(3)years from the date of USed. purchase from CRESTRON,with the following exceptions:disk drives and any other moving or rotating mechanical parts,pan/tilt heads and power supplies are covered for a period of one(1) 3. Release the button.The button will flash slowly while it searches for a year.touchscreen dispiay and overiay components are covered for 90 days;batteries and gateway in the Acquire mode.When the CLW-LDIMEX is acquired,the incandescent iamps are not covered. This warranty extends to products purchased directly from CRESTRON or an authorized button will stay lit for five seconds then turn off.If the CLW-LDIMEX fails to CRESTRON dealer.Purchasers should inquire of the dealer regarding the nature and extent of the acquire,the button will flash rapidly. dealer's warranty,if any. 4. Take the CEN-RFGW-EX out of the Acquire mode after all devices have CRESTRON shau not be iiabie to honor the terms of this warranty if the product has been used in been acquired by either pressing the ACQUIRE button on the any application other than that for which it was intended or if it has been subjected to misuse, CEN-RFGW-EX or Using CrestYOn ToolboX.Fof details,YefeY to the latest accidental damage,modification or improper installation procedures.Furthermore,this warranty reVlslon of the CEN-RFGW-EX Opefatlons&Installation GUlde(Doc.6706). does not cover any product that has had the serial number altered,defaced or removed. This warranty shall be the sole and exdusive remedy to the original purchaser.In no event shall NOTE: To leave a gateway,place the device in the Acquire mode when CRESTRON be liable for incidenta�or consequential damages of any kind(properry or economic thefe is no gateWay IYl the AcqUlre Inode. damages inclusive)arising from the sale or use of this equipmenL CRESTRON is not Iiabie for any claim made by a third party or made by the purchaser for a third party. To check the communication status of the CLW-LDIMEX,perform the tap-tap-tap-hold CRESTRON shall,at its option,repair or replace any product found defective,without charge for parts or labor.Repaired or replaced equipment and parts supplied under this warcanty shall be (step 2 above),but release the button after approximately two seconds.At this point,the covered oniy by the unexpired portion of the warranry. button will indicate communication statUS as described below. Except as expressly set forth in this warranty,CRESTRON makes no other warranties,expressed or implied,nor authorizes any other party to offer any warranty,including any implied warranties of TurnS On Device communicating with control system. merchantabiliry or fitness for a particular purpose.Any implied warranties that may be imposed by Blinks 3 Times Device Communicating with gateway,but gateway nOt law are limited to the terms of this limited warranty.7his warranty statement supersedes all communicatin with control s stem. previous warranties. 9 Y Trademark Information BlinkS 2 Tim@5 Device not communicating with gateway. All brand names,product names and trademarks are the sole property of their respective owners. Bllnks 1 Tlme DeviCe aCqUired bUt not communiCating with network. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.Windows95/98/Me/XP/Vista/7 and Stays Off Device not joined to network. WindowsNT/2000 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. � s �� 172L R:ver Road.Ne+r'.Y�..,tlsor IvY 12553 T.^.I i1GS SF5 is?'1 � 3�.'. ��iS -I9;',0 '�m��il in'fs'.���.=.aillvininifiinn..Cnm n.v�� .e..i��.li��.-ri�....i .-ii. �ata6og#:9006 PF6C�C1C4 N8Ff7£: Bevel Trimlesa Square Adj.35° Rro}ect: FLxture Type: Your Pro�ect CJotes: r , il L6ght So�rce:Low Voltage,'Halogen Fua�Gtlor�:A.djustable AdDITIdMAL SPECIFI�ATI[]NS Inaulated Airtight is 50W Max A.perFUre&Shape:3"Square Material: Lamp&Wattage:MR'i6-71W Die CastAlurninurn G��mber af Lamps:1 MagneticToroidal Transformer Frosted Lens TirM1m:"I Light Recessed Adjust�ble 35° All-lNays Square Galvanized Steel SeE�cterY F[n�sh:"��-White Housing Gkass F6�nksl�:See Accessories Spec Sheet Tilt 35°1 Rotation�360°Loekable �kass MaterEa&:Mo OptionsAvailable ,accQSSOrfes: Ceiling Cut Out 3-"1;2"x 3-1;2" Housing and Trim IncludQd 5efec4ed Housfng arsd VoEtage:FL�01—A—IC-i20v iL' nIRTiGHT 7-7f18" G �ff � l�� � 92" a � CATAL06 IVLIRSEFt FLFOT.A.IC isow Mqx� r7-y�g- Orderasfollows: �CaOG 1Q-1Nhite FL"ID1—A—IC 12dw CATALOG* FINISH HOLISING 'JOLTAGE ACCESSORIES NOTE: Magnetic Transformer, frosted softening lens. Use : Soraa MR16-50-B01-12-930-25-2 00229 25°42° 2400 9.8W Equivalent luminance of 50W of Incandescent u � � � 112£ River Road, fJew 4Wr�dsor. WY 17553 iel. Si5-565-85mfl Fec: 8A5-5�fi7-1130 emaiL �nlp;��iiasaoll�rreinatinn.r.�rc= www u�.a�tium�n�i3O� Cdr„ Gatalag#:9006 P�o�uc4 Name: Bevel Trimless 5quere Well YVesh P roJe ct: 5ebastian 4'ail F�ture 1'ype:DL-%W You�PKa}ect N�Fes: I � � Light 5aurce:Low Valtage 1 Halogeri �unctbo�:Y1+all 1Nash .ADDITI�NAL SPE�IFICATI�hJS Insulated Airtight is 50W Max Ap�esture 8�S�ape:3"Square Material� Larnp�4VatEa�2:MFi16-7"IW �ie Cast Aluminum Nu�mGer c,f Lamps:1 MagneticToroidal Transf4rmer Frasted Lens TeVrn:'I Light Recessed bVall Wash All-'Nays 5quare Galvanized 9teel SeEected F4nEsh:10-lM1Yhite Hou�ing �tass F6�uksF�:See Accessories Spec Sheet Ceiling Cut[�ut 3-7,'2"x 3-1;2" !��ass Mate€kak:Na OptionsAvailable Hauaing and Trim Included Accessar�es:L Seleated Housbng and�oMa�e:FL10�—A—IC-12dv IC+AIRTIGHT (� � � 7-7f1G" �yy {I. F, �p `f° I���;C '� 12' I � _ � CATAL06 RELI�BEFt FL1�.AJC t�uvr Maati r7-a+8" Qrderasfallows: ��DB 1D-White FL1D2—A—lC 1�6u L CAT.4.LOC* FI�EI5Fi HOUSINC V��LTACE F.CCES5�F21E3 1VOTE: Magnetic Transformer, Multi-tex lensing for scallope free wall wash lighting. (please contact USAI for specific multi-tex lens part numbers) Use : Soraa MR16-50-B01-12-930-25-2 00229 25°42° 2400 9.8 W Equivalent Incandescent 50W Job Name Catalog Number S E R I E S Notes Type S U R F A C E M O U N T UNDER CABINET /'° LOW PROFILE � �,, TASK LIGHT ��- �� � �,, � ' � Shown with Optional Infrared Motion Sensor a p p 1 i c a ti o n construction electrical ■ An attractive,under-cabinet task ■ The UC series is a surface mount ■ All electrical components are light,designed for standard size under cabinet task light specifically U.L.listed ballasts to operate T8 and T12 lamps designed for low profile,long-term � Electronic Class P,thermally installations rotected ballasts standard ■ Available in five different sizes with P various switching options;other ■ Features durable 20 gauge New York � 120V normal power factor is sizes may be created by nippling City code steel bodies,quality paint standard on all units 3 ft.and smaller units to ether finishes and superior electrical g components ■ Numerous options are available: see ordering information on back d i f f u s e r ■ Die formed from cold rolled steel for strength and uniformity ■ One-piece extruded white, light • Covers are die formed for added f i n i s h strength and fastened securely to the stabilized acrylic with special housing by 2 standard screws, polymer additives to insure allowing for easy access for cleaning ■ Prior to painting,all metal parts are non-yellowing and increased and servicing treated with a multi-stage phosphate pliability bonding process to ensure adhesion ■ Ample knockouts are provided on ■ Features a linear refractive white lens back and ends for convenient and inhibit rusting for even illumination installation and chase nippling ■ Painted with a lighting grade baked ■ Grooved formation on the edges ■ Many cord and plug,switch and white enamel,having a reflectance allow for a tight, no light leak convenience outlet options factor exceeding 87%for premium attachmentto the body available;consultfactory for quality and durability availability ■ Lens is removable without the use of � Two light units are available,consult tools for easy re-lamping and factory for availability and exact cleaning dimensions ■ All fixtures are U.L.listed for damp locations and IBEW union made LaIIIa� �i hti� 9o,,,Po�y,��.9 V � SERIES 5 U R F A C E M O U N T NOTE: SOME ORDERING OPTIONS APPEAR ON PRODUCT LINE. U N D E R C A B 1 N E T o r d e r i n g CJ �I 1 d e FOR OTHER OPTIONS,SEE LIST AT RIGHT. L O W P R O F I L E TASK !_ IGFfT SAMPLE ORDER NUMBER � n � � n n V` 1 JL LV V options SERIES NO. WATTAGE BALLAST VOLTAGE OPTIONS DIMENSIONS LAMPTYPE LAMPS TYPE OPTIONS:INSERT APPROPRIATE CODE FOR T-8 ORDERING GUIDE CUSTOMIZED ORDERING UC 1,2 15 E8 1,7,U 5'/16"/6'/$"*x 18" F15T8 UC 1,2 17 E8 1,7,U 5'/16"/6'/$"�x 24" F17T8 BALLAST M2 MagneticTl2 UC 1,2 25 E8 1,7,U 5'/16"/6'/$"*x 36" F25T8 MP Magnetic HPF UC 1,2 32 E8 1,7,U 5'/16"/6'/$"*x48" F32T8 R2 ResidentialTl2 E8 ElectronicT8 *�otPS 2L�mit ED Electronic dimming (Consult fadory) NOTE:In order to achieve rated lamp life, NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONAL DATA ARE SUBIEGT fixtures controlled by motion sensors should d i m e n s i o n a 1 [�p t p TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. be ordered with programmed start ballasts when available and minimum time delay should be se[to 15 minutes-Consult Fac[ory end view and diffuser VOLTAGE 1 120V 1/2" KO - One End 7/8" KO - Each End u u��ersa1120-277V �8�� + + � GENERAL OPTIONS � y O ,�7�8�� EM Emergency pack,1 lamp � 90 min.up to 500 lu. I 9/16„ I zc z a��U�t < 2 I 3/16" I �s r��5n SW�c�n � 5 � �c Pull chain End View 1 Ts Turn switch Diffuser without Diffuser CO Grounded convenience outlet 7/16" KO - Each End Multiple cord options are available. 2lightchannel is available. Consult Factory back knockout plans and lengths a c t e s s o r i e s LAMP OPTIONS Bottom View 12 T8 741 K without Diffuser �s T8735K (2)Mntg Holes �o T8 730K — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 13 T8 841 K 16 T8835K 11 T8 830K — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — O❑ � 1/2"KO 9/16 x 1��$ Sq.KO 15/16 Sq. KO �9/16" >I < _� '� � 7/8" KO -(2) Back View LaIIIa� Revised �/ ��i� 10/08 Company,Inc. LAMAR LIGHTING 485 Smith Street, Farmingdale, NY 11735 • Tel (631) 777-7700 Fax (631) 777-7705 • Outside NY (800) 724-7743 • www.lamarlighting.com L l� H�" I � � cut sheet RoomStyler 1 Light Ceiling Light - 30207 Description: pesign by Philips Consumer Lurrunaires. The RoorrStyler Collection from Philips Consumer Luminaires is a range of decorative indoor luminaires w ith emphasis on stylish,contemporary design that offers the perfect complement to your choice of interior design. Bring your living spaces to life w ith the RoomStyler 1 " _� Light Ceiling Light-30207. This low profile ceiling mount features a simple design that uses energy- efficient fluorescent lamping. Offered in w hite or nickel finish. Synthetic diffuser. Show n in nickel finish. w w w.ylighting.com/philips- luminaires-roomsty ler-1- light-30207-ceiling-light.html p h o n e: 1.866.428.9289 Item Code: PH�ROOMSIYLER-1- 30207-CEILING-LIGHT 1. Model: -302071748- Nickel (+$27.00) RoomStyler 1 Light Ceiling Light -3OZO7 -302073148-White Wattage: 40 Lamp Type: fluorescent Listing: UL Price: $135.00 �� Pza° n �° Z J V 1 1 W/2.5W In-grade L01 . SPEC SHEET Application: Exterior/interior directional in-grade light for uplighting .�` ` ' walls, columns, or architectural features. __� f �-- �-- J Electrical: 1 W, 350mA or 2.5W,700mA LED. �"~ � - .1� LED Input Voltage: 4V DC or 12V AC �� ���� Power Consumption: 1.5W/3W �''" � Power Supply: DC-Powered by remote 350mA(1W)or 700mA(2.5W) DC driver. Recommendetl LED10W350D (1W)and LED17W700D (2.5W). Dimmable drivers available(not inclutled).AC-Powered by remote 120V primary,l2V secondary magnetic transformer. Recommended 12V AC magnetic transformer(not included).Consult factory for dimming option. �Must be powered by remote 50W magnetic transformer. Weight:1.81bs net. (0.816kg) (base extra). r�a-iia° Material: Solid anodized aluminum or stainless steel (303/316)with l�l OSmm �z-iia° �� ,_��,6-- 1/4" (6mm)thick tempered glass lens,suitable for walk-over and drive- �s�mm 4omm over applications. RoHS compliant. '�4�� Mounting: Comes with splice box,aluminum flange antl level gauge. �1-5�8�� ( m Concrete �a�mm � pouring line Can be buried in earth/gravel or cast into concrete/paving stone with or 2-3ia,� without mounting base. 'omm� � � � Standard flange Approval:Wet and dry locations.Approved to US and Canadian 1 �i$"�22mm� stantlards by CSA. 0 4J/8" — - Base Splice box with C��US •66 DC AC 124mm Height �/2 NPT I/O � Po�+S for Note:Can be used as emergency backup lighting in conjunction with Bodine emergency connector and LED driver(sold separately).Consult MP Lighting factory. wiring. Type: } Project: paving Paving stone stone flange 5-1/2" 3-5/8"(92mm) 140mm Modified: 1 sand� � � . . . . Quantity: Notes: ANGLE INPUT CODE WA77AGE COLOR BEAM LENS OPTION' BRACKET VOLTAGE FLANGE HEIGHT BASE HEIGHT FINISH L01 " � � � � � � � � � 1 =1W W27S=2700K,std CRI S=spot(12°) C=clear LM =louver, 0 =no angle A=12V AC S=standard flange 0=no base MA=matte clear 2=2.5W W30S=3000K,std CRI N=narrow F =frosted malte anotlized 30=30°angle D=DC 7/8"(22mm) 2=2° anodized W35S=3500K,std CRI flood(30°) LB =louver, X =custom P=paving stone (51 mm) BA=black W41S=4100K,sCd CRI W=wide flood black anodized (30°maz.) flange,3-3/8" 6=6° anodized W20H=2000K,high CRI (120°) HM=hex louver, (86mm) (152mm) BZ =bronze W30H=3000K,high CRI matte anodized S3 =stainless HB =hex louver, steel 303 Note:W20H has consistent binning black anodizetl S6 =stainless that falls within 1.5 MacAdam ellipse. steel 316 r�� �� 'Louver not available with Langle bracket. i 1.877.708.1184 f 604.708.1185 www.mplighting.com 16 WeSt 4Ih AVelllle, �aI1C0UV@f�� �5Y 1 G3, �8fl�dc� Copyright�O MP Lighting.All technical intormafion in this document is subjecl lo change. 02-2014 1 W/2.5W In-grade L01 SPECSHEET Lumen test results provided by MP Lighting integrating sphere Photometric Data L01 Polar Candela Distribution Illuminance at a Distance Chromaticity Diagram(1W) 1 W,30° Clearlens 3000K Std Center seam FC eeam width � 511m 9.0' 2b 4J' 8.0' 33 4.2' t ❑ 6.0' S.9 3.1' � 5.0' 8.4 � 2.6' � f � approx. � 220 cd 3.0' 73.4 , 1.6' r�::..� � m�. 1.0' 211 �!.`�' 0.5' � � � 0°Spread:293° � 90°Spread:29.2° � L01 Polar Candela Distribution Illuminance at a Distance � 2.5W,30° Clear lens 3000K Std '�;, CenterBeam FC eeam width '`` 841m 9.0� ss ,� a.�� 8.0' 4.5 4.2' 6.0' 7.9 3.1' � �� ,, 5.0' 11.4 ..� 2.6' approx. � 280 cd 3.0' 31.8 t.(S' 1.6' '..,� :. :.m�. 1.0' 286 O.S 0.5' 3l�Sr�tlern e+Apn� o' � 0°Spread:29.2° � 90°Spread:29.1° � ANSI Bin � MacAdam Ellipse �� � Note:Uarious operating factors may cause differences between lab and field results.As � M P Specifications may change without notice,please refer to the LED Lamp Index located in the "Downloads"section oleach product webpage for the most current information. t1.877.708.1184 f604.708.1185 www.mplighting.com 16 West 4ih Avenue, Vallcouvef BC V5Y 1 G3, Canada copyright o MP Lighting.All technlcal information in thls document Is subject to change. 07-2013 Illuminii Lighting for the future,today. Kendo 45M Linear illumination system Extruded aluminum linear illumination system, Kendo 45M is available in sections up to 116" long. Specifically designed LED engine provides constant illumination levels from the beginning to the end of the runs. The Kendo 45M can be easily recessed or surface mounted for general illumination, architectural accents, under and above cabinet lighting, display cases and many other applications. Available with 72" wire leads or quick-connect end feed. • F � �i. . � � b �S '�£ '_ .�._� � _ � B ���;�,. • • 0.86" Kendo 45M fixture � �0J4"� mounting bracket � O074" 0.86„ Kendo 45-M � c���us 1.03" � 1.20° Intertek X'��� ,9��50-d■ rr ire USk Finish options Black powder coated Bronze powder coated Silver anodized White powder coated Technical information SO MO HO CRI: 70+standard, 80-93 high Output type Standard Medium High Color temperatures: 2400 K (only standard CRI�, 2700 K, 2900 K, 3000 K, 3400 K (only high CRI�, 4100 K Average power 3.2 W/ft 4.8 W/ft 5.4 W/ft consumption at 4' Operating voltage: 24 VDC Maximum system 39 ft 25 ft 23 ft length Dimming: low voltage dimmer (see Luminii website for list of compatible dimmers� and Class 2 dimming power supply required �see page 2 for recommended models) Approvals:Approved for closet/storage space installation per NFPA 70, article 410.16 Warranty: Standard three year warranty REV4.0 page � of 3 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 �Iluminii Lighting for the future,today. Kendo 45M Linear illumination system Power consumption per fixture length Based on operation with PSD series of power supplies. SO MO HO Nominal Actual W�ft Total W�fr Total Actual W�fr Total length length wattage wattage length wattage 12" 12-14/16" 3.25 325 5.00 5 00 13" 5 60 5.60 16" 16-12/16" 3.25 4.00 5.00 7.00 16-14/16" 5.60 750 20" 20-10/16" 3.25 525 4.95 8.50 20-9/16" 5.60 930 24" 24-10/16" 3.25 6.50 4.95 9.90 23-14/16" 5.55 11 10 28" 28-8/16" 325 775 4 95 11.00 28-4/16° 5 55 1350 � 32" 32-7/16" 3.25 8.50 4.90 13.25 32-10/16" 5.55 15.00 X 36" 36-6/16" 325 975 490 1470 35-15/16" 5.50 1650 � 40" 40-5/16" 3.25 10.25 4.90 16.00 40-4/16" 550 18.00 � 44" 44-4/16" 3.20 1175 4.85 V.50 44-10/16" 5.50 19.80 6 48" 48-3/16" 3.20 12.80 4.85 19.40 47-15/16° 5.45 21.80 a 52" 52-2/16" 3.20 13 30 4.85 21 00 52-5/16" 5.45 23.00 s � 56" 56-1/16" 3.20 14.80 4.80 22.50 55-15/16" 5 45 25 50 C � � 60" 60" 3.20 1600 480 24,00 59-15/16" 5.40 27.00 � � 64" 63-15/16" 3.20 1700 4.80 25.50 64-5/16" 5.40 2850 68" 67-14/16" 3.15 1800 475 27.00 68-11/16" 5.40 30.00 72" 71-13/16" 3.15 18.90 475 28.50 72" 5.35 32.10 76" 75-12/16" 3.15 19.00 475 30.00 76-6/16" 5.35 33.90 80" 79-11/16" 3.15 21.50 470 31.50 80-11/16" 5.35 35.00 84" 83-10/16" 3.15 2205 470 3290 84 " 5 25 3670 88" 87-9/16" 3.15 23 00 470 34.00 88-6/16" 5.25 38.20 92" 91-8/16" 310 24.00 465 35.50 92-I1/16" 525 39.60 96" 95-8/16" 310 24.80 4.65 37.20 96" 5.20 41.60 100" 99-6/16" 3 10 26.30 4.65 39.00 100-5/16" 5-20 43 20 104" 103-4/16" 3.05 27.10 4.60 40.20 104-11/16" 5 20 44.00 108" 107-3/16" 3.05 28.00 4.60 41.40 108" 5.10 45.90 112" 111-3/16" 3.05 28.50 4.60 43.00 112-6/16" 5.10 47.00 116" 115-2/16" 3.05 3000 4.55 4420 116-7/16" 5.10 4550 Power supply See fixture and power supply instructlons for wiring information.Dimming possible in select models-view Luminii website for list of compatible dimmers. Series Models Height/ yy�dth Depfh VAC Inpuf Maximum Outdoor Dimming Length wattage rated PSD PSD-48-24 11.25" 3.37" 3.25' 120,240, 277 48 W Yes Forward phase �add-240 or-277 at the pSD-96-24 1125' 3.37" 3.25" 120, 240, 277 96 W Yes Forward phase end of parf number to order with higher input) PSD-288-24 14.25" 8.43" 2.20" 120, 240, 277 3x 96 W Yes Forward phase PSV" PSV7P-25-24V-U2 5.83" 1.57" 1.26" 90-305 25 W Yes 1-lO V or N/A �at the end of part number, pSV7P-40-24V-U2 6.40" 1 JO" 1.26° 90-305 40 W Yes 1-10 V or N/A add DIM1-10 for 1-lO V dimming or-ND for non PSV7P-60-24V-U2 6.40" 1 JO" 1.26" 90-305 60 W Yes 1-10 V or N/A dimming) PSV7P-90-24V-U2 6.34" 240" 1.42" 90-305 90 W Yes 1-lO V or N/A Lutron* Hi-�ume A-ser�es�TE LTEA4U1 UMN-CV235 14.25' 1.18" 1.00" 120 40 W No Forward phase PI-130-24 3.40" 2.00" 1.21" 100-240 30 W No N/A Plug-in PI-160-24 4.69" 2.04" 1.24" 100-240 60 W No N/A PI-196-24 5.69" 2.31" 1.31" 100-240 96 W No N/A '`Electrical enclosure requlred by others. REV4.0 page 2 of 3 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 �Iluminii Lighting for the future,today. Kendo 45M Linear illumination system Connectors Femcrie qdick Mole quick Lead wires end Female/male connoct end connect end � odapter �OO ' A ���B 6h�' �D 0.45' �0.38" Linking and extension cable options Powerfeed options Male quick-connect 12"extension cable Part#LMC Part#EC-12 �72 00" �13.50"� �12.00" -I F� � —� �B A A � 3 00" �72 00'� Male quick-connect long 48"extension cable FZ Part#�MC-70 Part#EC-48 � ;—_ I��� oo"--I �asoo°� D A C ��� ��_��—� B A A F3 ;----{-3 00„ Y-splitter 120"extension cable ° Part#lYC Part#EC-120 A D 1257"—�{ �120-00"� 673" � F4 �3 00" �3.00" B A A � � A Female/male adaptor D A A D B Part#FMA � D Sample layout of powerfeed connections EC F4 E� F3 �MC �YC =11Q]k�°°'' mm r'"" �. .. F3 F2 F3 IIMaximum System Length I Ordering Code MODEI LENGTH CCT OUTPUT CRI OPTIC MOUNTING FlNISH POWER FEED K45M - 12 - 24K - SO - � - � - �- SA - Fl K45M-Kendo 45M 12"-116" 24K-2400 K' SO-Standard S-Standard C-Clear F-Fixed mounting SA-Silver F 1 -72"wire leads �a"�����eme�rs� 27K-2700 K MO-Medlum H-Hlgh HF-Half- brackets BK-Black F2-72"wire leads 29K-2900 K HO-High Frosted NB-No brackets BZ-Bronze at one end and quick 30K-3000 K F-Frosted �NH-White connect at other 34K-3400 K`` M-Medlum IBKBZ,wH F3-Single quick connect finlshes wlll hov� 41 K-4100 K N-Narrow ���p�ho�gP a�d F4-Dual quick conned require longe� lead times� `2400K only available with S(standard)CRI �`3400K only available with H�high)CRI REV4.0 page 3 of 3 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 ALU-45 extrusion - Installation Instructions 111 um i n i i Model ALU45- 6264 Oakton St Morton Grove Please read all instructions prior to installation and keep for future reference! IL 60053 T 224.333.6033 1. Product should be installed by a qualified electrician. F 2247577557 2. Prior to installation ensure power is off at fuse box to prevent electrical shock. info@luminii.com Page 1 of 2 �,�,wW.luminii.com 1 � 2 , � � . , o - i � �� �� �� � soide� o.°-000 �� \\������>� c° Q pads � �� wire leads ° / � U ��� � � � � ° � � � �1 ° � ° O \ o 0 0 � \ _�,� � ,. � �� o �' If required to fit the new ALU-45 extrusion length, cut down the If required for installation cut ALU-45 aluminum extrusion to desired Line LED strip in between two rows of solder pads. Always cut length with hacksaw or miter saw that has an appropriate blade Line LED from end without connector/wire leads. Ensure that Line for cutting aluminum.Always wear safety goggles when cutting. LED strip fits completely inside the extrusion and the solder pads do not touch the metal end caps to avoid shorfing of circuit. 3 wire-leads powerfeed Remove dust/debris and clean inside 3-pin powerfeed the ALU-45 extrusion with a clean water dampened cloth. Ensure extrusion is dry then install Line LED strip. Follow instructions on left �em��e remove GIICI� flght GCCOfC�lllg t0 pOW@ff@eQ� Opl1011. PaPerbacking - paperbacking endcap before installing be(ore installing � wifh hole Llne LED strip �ine LED strr � � � �- ,—/ � coloroFwlres � � = �� --�— ° --�� �� �� indlmfes polari�y � i — --- --- __ - ____ .C�?!_- .. -' — _- / �R plus sign tag — ;� �� endtap Indlmfes wlth hole polanty for connection with power supply Install Line LED strip onto aluminum extrusion by ______------— � Install Line LED onto aluminum --- gently pressing on top of _______-_----- extrusion ensuring there is room the strip to ensure adhesion �' for the 3-pin connector to rest to mounting surface. Insert powerfeed wires through ALU-45 end cap with inside the extrusion as well. hole before attaching both end caps at ends of extrusion. 4 --- -_ --------- -- __- - -------- � Once Line LED and end-caps have � _—------ ---- ------------ __ ---- — been properly installed, size diffuser ��---- —— -- --------- lens by cutting to the same length as — the ALU-45 extrusion. To cut the lens _____----�— use a conventional saw for cutting longer runs of ALU-45 p y _____---� ol carbonate materials. `— can be made by wlres to diffuser lens— placing aluminum �n5ta�l lens bY 5napping into extrUSion. power extrusions end to end supply �wilhoul end-caps in between them) "LUMINII RESERVES THE RIGHTS TO CHANGE SPEQRCATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE REV2.1 ALU-45 extrusion - Installation Instructions �II um i n i i Model ALU45- 6264 Oakton St Morton Grove Please read all instructions prior to installation and keep for future reference! IL 60053 T 224.333.6033 1. Product should be installed by a qualified electrician. F 2247577557 2. Prior to installation ensure power is off at fuse box to prevent electrical shock. info@luminii.com Page 2 of 2 �,�,wW.luminii.com 5 recessed mounting surface mounting 13""-15""maximum spacing construction recessed wall opening of mounting brackets adhesive mounting brackets � Aathead � �—-- screws \� _ - O R / �� �� �- Prepare mounting surface to accomodate �— -- ALU-45 extrusion.Then apply construction adhesive and simply insert completed fixture into recessed area. Mount completed{ixture onto mounting_ � brackets spaced 13"-15" apart. —----� 6 power to Line �ED of AlU-45 exiruslon — � �. —dass II � ' power supply line voltage wires low voltage wires Ensure power is off to power supplyl Then proceed to connect Line LED wires from ALU-45 extrusion to power supply. For more information please refer to power supply and Line LED wiring instructions. 'LUMINII RESERVES THE RIGHTS TO CHANGE SPEQRCATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE REV2.1 LM� LM� c��us ���� ��� � � APPLIC TIONS Application � oo Ligh[ing's illuminated closelt rod provides an even distribution of lighi along the lengih of the closet rod.A 65°beam spread does a superior job illuminating,not only the shoulder portion of the clothing,but also,the area between each piece of clothing revealing the textural aspects of the clothing.No ultravoilet or infrared(UV or IR)rays are emitted from �loset rod's beam. �loset rod 1.5 is great for retail display applications and,of course,any closet.Hotels, �aspitals,offices and hospitality applications all have closets that could use an illuminated �oset rod that delivers superior white light while utilizing very little energy.For ultimate energy �avings,io recommends utilizing electrical contacts that trigger the light to turn on when iie closet door is opened and subsequently turns the light off when the doset door is - �losed. �;iven that most closets will vary dimensionally,closet rod lengths must first be ordered n standard lengths and then field verification of actual lengths must be supplied to the factory via shop drawings.closet rod 1.5 is a low voltage luminaire that may be ordered '��custom lengths up to 96". For custom lengths longer than 48",a central support bracket rnust be utilized.Additional supports recommended for heavy apparel(i.e.,winter coats, i�eavy weight suits,etc.).The maximum allowable load for the doset rod is 45 Ibs.per foot. i'+ojected average Iife is 50,000 hours at 70%of Iamp lumen output.Contact factory for I�S LM-80 compliance.To ensure proper performance,architectural details should allow for ventilation and air flow around the fixture.Ambient temperature surrounding the fixture 5-year 'y shall not exceed 122°F(50°C). Light Output closet rod 1.5 is available in one lumen output for white light only.All values below are ,-s� initial lumens per foot.IES LM-79 format files may be obtained from the factory or downloaded ' from wwrw.iolighting.com.All products have a CRI greater than 80. Results are typical , ents. N C —° 2700K White: 234 Ims/ft .y a°i 3000K White: 250 Ims/ft E o �� �, '--' Construction �truded aluminum housing coupled with a patented optical assembly may not be ssKr,o :sassembled for re-lamping.Custom acrylic optics offer very high efficiencies,UV I i g ht i n g f `, ``�bility and excellent longevity.Wall mounted brackets are stainless steel and are s_ipplied with fixture. n a � s ooe Electrical Liyht output(Lu 126 -0" 18 AWG,300 volt rated power cords are supplied with plug connector for ease of watts 12•3 7tallation.Hardwire connection does not occur at the fixture,only at the remote power Lumens p � fficacy) 10 ,pply. 24 volt power supply is supplied by io Lighting. �` W,a.��'`_' Coi �, cy 76 Power Consumption C .' g Index(CRI) � r�tion does not include power supply losses. Output:5.81 w/ft Finish - � .. . � ,.luminum finish is standard.Custom finishes are not available. 2700K 3000K 4500K 6500K All results are accortling to IESNA LM-]9-2008:Approved Methotl/or the Elechical and PhotometricTesting o/Solitl-Sfate Lighting.The U.S.Deparlment of Energy(DOE)verifies protlucl test tlata antl resulis. Visit www.lightingfacts.com for the Label Reference Guide. Regisirotion Number:6PRA-aGCIiKG Motlel Number:0.10.E 3KH0 45.1.18 Type:Other L�b�l references 18"'line 1.5 fixture wif.ii a<d6 beam spr�<<J In Hlgh Output 3000K.Lighting Facts for adclltional beam spr�eds and light output levels may be obtained from io Lighting. io Lighting 1100 Busch Pkwy Buffalo Grove,IL 60089 T 847.777.3900 F 847.777.3901 e infoc�iolighting.com wiolighting.com ;�' 1) Specify closet rod length to at r � aleast 6"greater than plan drawings ' � y indicate. Each closet shall have its � ° � own fixture type. �� o _. _ � �� �� ,. 2) Upon receipt of purchase order, �� shop drawings are created for the ' �z' �' design and construction team's � — � , review and approval. io requires � r � � , ACTUAL overall closet dimension i _ to be provided on shop drawinc,s l -.. � upon return to io Lighting. � TM ��� a �'. 3) closet rod 1.5 shall be shipped to � �y-.� the job site with labels(both box � �� ,'� and on the fixture)indicating original �; fixture type provided by designer. � C � _ Remote 24v power supply is typically located in the ceiling of the closet. - Power supply input requires 120v �`�� input.Conduit from the closet rod 1.5 ��'""' end feed to the power supply shall be � supplied frcm tf�e e!ectrical cor�tractor. �-� ��� � ,� m=000 i—m,�.� � � \ , � ms. � �� o � . 0 0 + _�.�-� m,== END MOUNTING BRACKET CENTER SUPPORT BRACKET Note:Required for fixtures over 48" 0 10 I 65 WM 1 2 1 io 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a' 1. LINE SERIES 4__DISTRIBUTION 7. LENGTH 9. VOLTAGE � �,°� 10 1.5 65 65 Degree Approximate dimensions 1 120v d (+/-6")may be usetl for Note:Dimming not available. ? 2. LOCATION 5. MOUNTING quotation purposes.Exact field ° I Interior WM Wall mount bracket dimensions must be provided for shop tlrawing submittals. 3. COLOR 6. FINISH 27K White 2700K!'� 1 Anotlized aluminum 8,_ELECTRICAL FEE_D 3K White 3COOK' 2 Bid feed CC Custom Color'� ❑� � �❑ .ti . , �. ,,. � e � .�� � � ti R i Y 6� � hil�;i I �.ice I . i L-�r ���u.J_.�ui I l i I i,i .I a i' -,I:rn I in:tinU. �• .' p � Non-st nJ n� :olor 1am�F aW?and l,f�a e avail tl,�_C�ns�lt t��,ui,for aval ahiilly. 0 � io Lighting 1100 Busch Pkwy Buffalo Grove,IL 60089 r 847.777.3900 F 847.777.3901 E infoc�iolighting.com wiolighting.com Illuminii Lighting for the future,today. Recessed PowerLine 35 Extruded aluminum profile The Recessed PowerLine 35 linear aluminum extrusion has been designed to fit many LED lighting needs and specifically high output recess-mount applications. Substantial aluminum mass in profile provides excellent heat sink and physical protection for high power LEDs. The wide profile design can accommodate up to two rows of LED strips making the Recessed PowerLine 35 ideal for bright general lighting applications. Extrusion and lens are field-cuttable. End caps sold separately. 1.73„ �'� �L22"� -_- _� -��', � � --`` -��- "�� � 1.38„ _� � -� � _� `-�'--._� 1.32„ ��� / � - ___X-y_- _ j i, / / � Recessed PowerLine 35 In-celling � 38�� Accessories-endcaps F I `� � � � � � � .._�. rr. t� �I I I: � - EC-RPLA � silver anodized finish Recessed Power�ine 35 assembly Technical information Finish: Silver anodized Available length: 7875" and 118.19" Diffuser: polycarbonate, snap-in-place, UV resistant � 38 Choice of clear or frosted lens with linear spread Mounting: recessed with screw fasteners Recessed PowerLine 35 Recessed PowerLine 35 with clear lens with frosted lens Ordering code MODEL LENGTH DIFFUSER FlNISH RPLA - 78 - � - SA RPLA-Recessed Power�ine 35 78-7875"' C-Clear SA-Silver anodized 118-118.19" F-Frosted REV2.1 page � of � www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 Illuminii � Lighting for the future,today. LineLED Wet Linear LED strip for wet locations - 24V � �� LineLED Wet is a new small profile, more Operating voltage [�_, �j}� energy efficient LED strip for wet locations. 24 VDC d , � ' Available in the standard CRI of 70 as well O p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e C--� � � as high CRI of 80-85, the LineLED Wet has 40°F to 140°F (40°C to 60°C) superior light output, a durable but flexible S � �� circuit board and it is very easy to install. Beam Angle fm:, �— }' 120° C� .� � �-g � ] � -� Due to the sealing bond needed to Average life � ` guarantee the wet-rating, exact lengths are 30,000 hours C_) � }J ` ^� required to order the LineLED Wet. Extending , , , and turning comers in the field require custom Dimming � �`�� production. Low voltage dimmer and class 2 � • � dimming power supply required L�ti: �" � � - �' Avoid direct sunlight and UV ray exposure. Mounting UV protection required. (f the LineLED Wet 3M self-adhesive tape. Mounting is enclosed in the Luminii provided extrusions to an aluminum profile or the HST Applications:Indoor/outdoor use for under/above cabinet, a�uminum heat sink ta e is�e uired cove lighting,counteraccent,architectural accents,under �page 3) no extra UV protection is required P q other than the provided lens. to reach the rated 30,000 hours banisters,display and book cases,decks,gazebos,barbeque aVerage life. stations and wet bars. LineLED Wet is not suitable for applications Approvals where LEDs can become submerged. IP65, ETL Class II wet listed Technical specifications MODELS LLI8WET LL30WET LLXI8WET � EIY �5 � I � LEDs/ft 18 30 18 %i�� Intertek Light output of 3100 K with 115 lum/ft 207 lum/ft 343 lum/ft high CRI Average power consumption 1.5 W/ft 2.5 W/ft 4.3 W/ft SECTION START/END OPTIONS (for 15' section� � Ordering 4.00° 2.50" 4.00" � \ � increment Soldered leads�72"� Maximum 100 ft 48 ft 25 ft run length � , No connector " ''' Dimensions 0.39"W 0.45"W 0.39' W 0.13" H 0.09" H 0.09° H Ordering code MODEL CRI COLOR TEMPERATURE SECTION START SECTION END LENGTH LLI8WET — 0 27K — SL — NC — 0 LLI8WET S-Slandard 27K-2700K� SL-Soldered wlre SL-Soldered wire v�ew tablo a�o�e LL30WET H-Hlgh 31 K-3100K leads(72"� leads(72") for rncremeni oprons LLXI8WET 34K-3400K NC-No connector and max�mum run 37K-3700K`` limi�s 46K-4600K `2700 K only available with standard CRI�S) "3700 K only avallable with high CRI(H) REV3.0 page � of 4 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 Illuminii � Lighting for the future,today. LineLED Wet Linear LED strip for wet locations - 24V POW@f COIlSUl7lpt1011 p@C �Ill@qC fOOt-loads tested wlth PSD series of power supplies�page3� Length of LL18 LL30 LLX18 strip(LF) W/ft Total wattage W/ft Total wattage W/ft Total wattage 1 1b5 lb5 7J0 270 5-00 5.00 2 1 b5 3.30 ?]0 5.40 4.95 9.90 3 lb5 4A5 2J0 8-10 490 1470 � 4 1.63 6.Sfi 2.65 10.60 4.85 19.40 5 1.63 821 265 13.25 4.80 24_00 g�p 6 I.62 9.83 2.65 15 90 475 28.50 � 7 1.62 11.45 2.60 18.20 4 70 32.90 � 8 1.62 13.07 7.60 20-80 4b5 37.20 � 9 1.60 14.67 2.60 23.40 4.60 47.40 � 10 1.60 16-50 255 25.50 4.55 45.50 17 1_57 18-07 2_55 28-OS 4_50 49.50 � 12 L57 19.64 255 30.60 4A5 53.40 � 13 L57 2121 2.50 3250 4.40 57.20 � 14 L55 22J6 2.50 35.00 4-35 60.90 15 L55 24.31 2.50 37.50 4.30 64.50 � 16 1 S5 25.86 2.45 3920 425 68.00 17 1.57. 2Z38 2A5 41.65 4.20 71 40 ��� 18 152 28-90 2.45 44.10 4.15 7470 �6 19 1.52 30A2 2 40 45-60 4.10 77 90 °- 20 1.50 3120 2.40 48.00 4.05 87.00 � g�p 21 1.50 3270 2 40 5Q40 4_00 84.00 > �6 > 22 1.50 3420 2.35 5170 3A5 86.90 � � J 23 1.48 35.68 2.35 54.05 3.90 89J0 � � 24 1 A7 37.75 2.35 56.40 3-85 92.40 o � 25 1.47 38.62 7.30 57.50 3.80 95.00 c 4 � 26 1.45 40.07 2.30 59.80 U � 27 1 45 41.52 2-30 62-10 �z � g�p 28 1.43 4220 225 63-00 � � 29 1.42 43.00 225 65.25 Q }' 30 1.40 4370 225 67.50 � 31 1.40 45.10 2.20 6820 ��� 32 1.38 46.50 720 70 40 � 33 1.37 4770 220 72.60 34 1.37 49_00 2.15 73.10 35 1_36 SOAS 2.15 7525 0 36 1.36 5170 2.15 77.40 � 37 1.36 52.50 2.10 77J0 � 38 1.36 53.00 2.10 79.80 d�b 39 1_35 53.90 2.10 81.90 � 40 1.35 54.40 2.05 82.00 � 41 1.35 5575 2-05 84.05 a=n 42 1.34 57.09 2.05 86.10 5�� 43 1.34 58 43 2.02 86 90 d 44 1.33 5976 2.00 88-00 g�k 45 1.33 6i.07 2.00 90.00 � 46 1.32 61.97 1.96 9020 47 1.32 62J0 1.95 91.65 48 1.31 63.50 1.95 93.60 49 1.31 64.05 50 7.30 64.80 51•60 1_30-125 6520-70-80 61-70 1.25-7.20 71_00-76.20 77•80 1 20-1.10 77.00-81.60 81-90 1.10-1.00 82.00-8620 91•100 1.00-0.95 87.00-91.40 REV3.0 page 2 of 4 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 Illuminii � Lighting for the future,today. LineLED Wet Linear LED strip for wet locations - 24V Power supplies- 24 VDC output range See LineLED Wet and power supply instructions for wiring information. Dimming is possible in select models-view Luminii website for list of compatible dimmers. Series Models Height/ Width Depth VAC Input Maximum Outdoor Dimming Length wattage rated PSD PSD-48-24 11.25" 3.37" 3.25" 120,240,277 48 W Yes Forward (add-240 or-277 at the pSD-96-24 11.25" 3.37" 3.25" 120,240,277 96 W Yes Forward end of part number Yo order with higher Input� PSD-288-24 14.25" 8.43" 220" 12Q 24Q 277 3x 96 W Yes Forward PSV PSV7P-25-24V-U2 5.83" 1.57" 1.26" 90-305 25 W Yes 1-10 V or N/A (at the end of part number, pSV7P-40-24V-U2 6.40" 1 70" 1.26" 90-305 40 W Yes 1-10 V or N/A add DIMI-10 for 1-lO V dimming or-ND for non PSV7P-60-24V-U2 6.40" 1 70" 1.26" 90-305 60 W Yes 1-10 V or N/A dimming) PSV7P-90-24V-U2 6.34" 2.40" 1.42° 90-305 90 W Yes 1-lO V or N/A Mounting accessories MOUnting Clip-recommended at every 6° N2af Slnk tqp2-included with LED strip If no exhusion ordered Port#CL-1 Part#NST � � } \ 1.�3„ �2.00" REV3.0 page 3 of 4 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 'llluminii � Lighting for the future,today. LineLED Wet Linear LED strip for wet locations - 24V Optional mounting channels- Single row LEDs /�iu-4� Alu-Corner Alu-Roun d �0.99"� ._ '+ 1.20". ....__ �0.94� 0.6�� \ - +� ��5 L,' ��. � �+3'�—� ���� � � CL HF f N M CL HF f N M CL F Slim line 7 Recessed Slim llne 7 Sllm Gne 15 .' �0.69'�� \ �0.95'�� I��' �� 0. �N� ` 59„ `� 0.27" , ���' � \\'.` ' � �� �0.69' T � �C�HF F N M CL HF F N M CL HF F N M Recessed Sllm Gne 1 5 Alu-FI at Alu-Wall �0.63'� i �0.95'� _ � 2.05" �_� ' �059" .....,_..` �. e � i � �� �...�� �0.69'� , 2.76" 236„ CD HF F N M CL HF F N M � F Sllm Wlde 8 RecessedSlim Wide Sllm Wlde I5 \ �0.88"� �0.88'� �1.16" t �� �� ��„ �� 030" 033" � � � I �0.88"� C� F CL F CL F Alu-St al r Alu-Ef C I 1.45„ �243"� 0.87" � � �o�„ �r�� � Lens options � � 0.84" �� 1.77„ "�-� CL C�Baf o.si° �74„ F Frosted CL F � CL F � HF HaIF�SO%)fro5led N Narrow beam frosted M Medium beam frosted Optional mounting channels- Double row LEDs Installation Power L�ne 30 Recessed P ower Gne 30 All mouniing channels are field cuttable �t.i�•� ��.s�-�� using miter saw with circular blade � . , � suitable for cutting aluminum. �enses and endcaps to be siliconed for � z.63" �� 2�05"� wet location applicaflons. .– /: r CL F O F ��.�8"� Ordering Recessed P ower Llne 35 Power Line 35 Extruslons are sold separate�y. View ��73„� � � respective specsheets for details on �'37 ordering extrusions and their accessories � (endcaps,mounting brackets,etc�. � 13�„ ��_ �„ — � `\ \ 'l � CL F �t37^—�t� CL F REV3.0 page 4 of 4 www.luminii.com tel:224-333-6033 S��R A A � � � � o ,_�.� L E D M I� i � � i� li v r� i � V i'� C; i U — i � � �l1TPUT �zso -a000 cacP, seo -4 eo _ , ,, a�s ,000. � ����� � �`��� � �LJ�M io °, zo °, zs° ae° cp y��J..:.�'�C; �� �ss � r � � � �t?LOR c c r� s o 0 o K c R i>9 s R 9>9 s .j f� R 9 �� ������ 'PLICATION Ha�o9e� ,eP ���em e�� fo, ��, doo , aaP���a� o �s >95 ��l� � �' � � '��:RFORMANCE LONG LIFE, LOW ��r��`�'T'��'�!^^�'' � � e � P m at�hes sta�da�d �a�oge� �am Ps �i,e oF35,000 ho �i . /nA �f 1� N a�.o w F i o o a a�a F i o o a = i�e i e i i y n[ �o u r c� r n r e e y e a� w a r�a n .� s�,9 �e ���5� =�aao.� °n k��, ENERGY EFFICIE: �AA��� o ���n m a e ie co z o i ,��1° � ����s. s a�es o�_. a o � o r e� e�g v �o m o a�e a r,o � � wer , o�M y P o F a c t o 0 .9 3 s t a n d a r d h a I o g e n I a m �s 1J V <1 O .8 m in . 13-2 __ ��.r � m a x) i Y P i�a P a Y b a c k o f o n e Y e a r o i e s s � /: =�—�R Ir9TENDED USE AND APPLICATIONS ��F � '` , , � �� � e�rof��� �em P �o ep �a�e ,z�A � . C C T: 3 0 0 C K h a I o g e n M R 1 6 I a m p s i n r e c e s s e tl C R I>9 5, R 9>9 5 � d o w n I�i g h t s. t�a c k I�i g h[�i n g , a n d o[h e r W h�i[e p o in t a c c u re c v w ich�in 3 S D C M in tl o o� a p p I�ic a t'io n s N a r r o w 5 p o[ k �i c h s a t u r a t e o c o I o r r e n tl e r i n g N o[ f o r u s e w �i[h 9 I a 5 s I e ri.e s c i f u I I y s e a I e d f i x L u r e 5 -x�e I I e n t c o I o r 5 t a b i I�i i y � r N o I f o r u�e i n u n v e n t i I a[e tl i�i x k il r e s I e s s POWEREDeV TECHNOLOGV . '��M�ZED FoPil� [h a n 3 -� x 3"w x s "H . ' /� V 5 i s[a n d a r d M R 1 6 f o r m f a c[o r N o t f o r u s e i n E m e r g e.i c y F�i x t�r e s o r E x i[ i 9 6 ' (5 0 m m ) W x 1.8 6 " (4�.6 m m ) H 5 i g n s PNOGRESS - �, „a r e i e w �c n s r a�d a�n .�x r u r e t o u e�a��n g T e m o e+a.u r e. -a o °c - 2 5°c fl e P o r - . , . -. ambient, 80 -100 °C <125°C max > base W e i g h t�. 4 O g 5 o r a a I a m p s a i e d e s i g n e d [o s a f e , s h u t P r o p r i e t a r y f a n I e s s a I u m i n u m d e s'i g n 'J o v s s i I o Y /rn s s n d o N n i n a n y L h e r m a I e n v�i o n i� e n L n o L ��/� p r iC e u p e Li'i e a I d I �ip a[io c o n o u c i v e [o m i n_m u m a i v f I o w o Y p r o p 2_ reddotdesign award HIGHLY COMPATIBLE V e"`��a`�� � winner 2013 w � �k s w i�n m a g �e���� a�,a e ie<<ro ��� CERTIF9CATlONS � �,�„sfo, � w �so�,ee �o�„ m e�s �see _om P �e�e � � a � �, � � � Fo„��A� tiE� ��a�s , e�d � ��s �� n , 2 5 y s t e m , F C C 4 J C F R P a [ 1 5 n d P a r t I S .! l. a n tl C U L I i s t e d Y o r u 5 e w �t h :2 V A C :J E C (E M I J. R o H 5, C E. C-�i c k CE _ == , a�� � �a== � sv=�em = r'!�lC�,TlOf�lS' / " —\ P e f e r e n c e rv u m b e r C r�oa tle u c[ B e a m F i e I tl C B C P w a t t s E 0 u i v�a I e n[ L u m e n s t . I. _i. 1 . ... i., �i ..i ., ,i� o . .��, i.. _� .. 3 8 0 (3 8.n .m /W J C UL US � . ��-6�-a�,- �-s�o-zo ooz>> _a ,� zs,s �� s 6 5 W �6 0 i I 0.5 I m /W ) � _ �._ ,: aa� � s3o �s oo_a_ zs 4� �,s� �� , ssw aso �QO _ �m ,�„ RoHS i . i•. .�_-801-12-930 -36 00253 36° 60` 1250 11.5 65W 460 (4U.SIm /W ) Soraalnc. � , �� _ ., , ._ � �� .�� ���„ z_ _ ��„ � �_�, ��,_, a, �, �„�m �,� ���n .� ,. �.. ,4_>> Fo,m Fa<<o. � aa=e � �o„i9e �ia� ���, �aeam '�` d�a,<<�n a�� �2e`�`�'=°o;�n°e°e�e°�e��e �'�mee�. 8 S_ C O -S O N � n 9 5_ a ��-6�2 2 I F ' I ° �.�. ,� y y e 9 O i e f e�. .a . e „ _ _.3 �a s e. H R 16 - 6 5 - B 0 1 - 12 - 9 3 0 - 2 5